e10vq
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-Q
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ |
|
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the quarterly period ended November 1, 2008
OR
|
|
|
o |
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
Commission file number 001-15059
NORDSTROM, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Washington
|
|
91-0515058 |
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(IRS employer
Identification No.) |
|
|
|
1617 Sixth Avenue, Seattle, Washington
|
|
98101 |
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
(Zip code) |
206-628-2111
(Registrants telephone number, including area code)
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for
such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
YES þ NO o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a
non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of large accelerated filer,
accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer þ
|
|
|
|
Accelerated filer o |
Non-accelerated filer o (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
Smaller reporting company o |
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act).
YES o NO þ
Common stock outstanding as of November 29, 2008: 215,387,204 shares of common stock
1 of 32
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2 of 32
PART I FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1. Financial Statements (Unaudited)
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
(Amounts in millions except per share amounts and percentages)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
|
November 1, |
|
November 3, |
|
November 1, |
|
November 3, |
|
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
Net sales |
|
$ |
1,805 |
|
|
$ |
1,970 |
|
|
$ |
5,971 |
|
|
$ |
6,314 |
|
Cost of sales and related buying and
occupancy costs |
|
|
(1,185 |
) |
|
|
(1,228 |
) |
|
|
(3,852 |
) |
|
|
(3,957 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
620 |
|
|
|
742 |
|
|
|
2,119 |
|
|
|
2,357 |
|
Selling, general and administrative
expenses |
|
|
(567 |
) |
|
|
(553 |
) |
|
|
(1,716 |
) |
|
|
(1,723 |
) |
Finance charges and other, net |
|
|
74 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
220 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
Gain on sale of Façonnable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before interest and income taxes |
|
|
127 |
|
|
|
292 |
|
|
|
623 |
|
|
|
863 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
(98 |
) |
|
|
(44 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes |
|
|
94 |
|
|
|
272 |
|
|
|
525 |
|
|
|
819 |
|
Income tax expense |
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
|
(106 |
) |
|
|
(192 |
) |
|
|
(316 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
71 |
|
|
$ |
166 |
|
|
$ |
333 |
|
|
$ |
503 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per basic share |
|
$ |
0.33 |
|
|
$ |
0.69 |
|
|
$ |
1.54 |
|
|
$ |
2.01 |
|
Earnings per diluted share |
|
$ |
0.33 |
|
|
$ |
0.68 |
|
|
$ |
1.52 |
|
|
$ |
1.98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic shares |
|
|
215.6 |
|
|
|
241.5 |
|
|
|
216.9 |
|
|
|
250.2 |
|
Diluted shares |
|
|
218.1 |
|
|
|
245.3 |
|
|
|
219.8 |
|
|
|
254.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(% of Net Sales) |
|
Quarter Ended |
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, |
|
November 3, |
|
November 1, |
|
November 3, |
|
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
Net sales |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Cost of sales and related buying and
occupancy costs |
|
|
(65.7 |
%) |
|
|
(62.3 |
%) |
|
|
(64.5 |
%) |
|
|
(62.7 |
%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit |
|
|
34.3 |
% |
|
|
37.7 |
% |
|
|
35.5 |
% |
|
|
37.3 |
% |
Selling,
general and administrative expenses |
|
|
(31.4 |
%) |
|
|
(28.0 |
%) |
|
|
(28.7 |
%) |
|
|
(27.3 |
%) |
Finance charges and other, net |
|
|
4.1 |
% |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
|
|
3.7 |
% |
|
|
3.1 |
% |
Gain on sale of Façonnable |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
1.7 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
0.5 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before interest and income taxes |
|
|
7.1 |
% |
|
|
14.8 |
% |
|
|
10.4 |
% |
|
|
13.7 |
% |
Interest expense, net |
|
|
(1.9 |
%) |
|
|
(1.0 |
%) |
|
|
(1.6 |
%) |
|
|
(0.7 |
%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before income taxes |
|
|
5.2 |
% |
|
|
13.8 |
% |
|
|
8.8 |
% |
|
|
13.0 |
% |
Income tax expense (as a percentage of
earnings before
income taxes) |
|
|
(24.3 |
%) |
|
|
(39.0 |
%) |
|
|
(36.6 |
%) |
|
|
(38.5 |
%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
|
3.9 |
% |
|
|
8.4 |
% |
|
|
5.6 |
% |
|
|
8.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these financial statements.
3 of 32
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in millions)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
February 2, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
68 |
|
|
$ |
358 |
|
|
$ |
108 |
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
|
1,918 |
|
|
|
1,788 |
|
|
|
1,734 |
|
Merchandise inventories |
|
|
1,278 |
|
|
|
956 |
|
|
|
1,242 |
|
Current deferred tax assets, net |
|
|
196 |
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
190 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
3,560 |
|
|
|
3,361 |
|
|
|
3,343 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land, buildings and equipment, net |
|
|
2,215 |
|
|
|
1,983 |
|
|
|
1,910 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
Other assets |
|
|
236 |
|
|
|
203 |
|
|
|
181 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
6,064 |
|
|
$ |
5,600 |
|
|
$ |
5,487 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Shareholders Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial paper |
|
$ |
102 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
91 |
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
805 |
|
|
|
556 |
|
|
|
738 |
|
Accrued salaries, wages and related benefits |
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
268 |
|
|
|
266 |
|
Other current liabilities |
|
|
503 |
|
|
|
550 |
|
|
|
480 |
|
Current portion of long-term debt |
|
|
425 |
|
|
|
261 |
|
|
|
209 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
2,037 |
|
|
|
1,635 |
|
|
|
1,784 |
|
|
Long-term debt, net |
|
|
2,215 |
|
|
|
2,236 |
|
|
|
1,791 |
|
Deferred property incentives, net |
|
|
417 |
|
|
|
369 |
|
|
|
355 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
233 |
|
|
|
245 |
|
|
|
249 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingent liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, no par value: 1,000 shares
authorized; 215.4, 220.9 and 232.0
shares issued and outstanding |
|
|
990 |
|
|
|
936 |
|
|
|
927 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
408 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity |
|
|
1,162 |
|
|
|
1,115 |
|
|
|
1,308 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
|
$ |
6,064 |
|
|
$ |
5,600 |
|
|
$ |
5,487 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these financial statements.
4 of 32
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
(Amounts in millions except per share amounts)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
Retained |
|
|
(Loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Balance at February 2, 2008 |
|
|
220.9 |
|
|
$ |
936 |
|
|
$ |
201 |
|
|
$ |
(22 |
) |
|
$ |
1,115 |
|
|
Net earnings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
333 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
333 |
|
Other comprehensive earnings: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts amortized into net periodic
benefit cost, net of tax of ($1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive net earnings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
335 |
|
Cash dividends paid ($0.48 per share) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(104 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(104 |
) |
Issuance of common stock for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock option plans |
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
Employee stock purchase plan |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
Repurchase of common stock |
|
|
(6.9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(238 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(238 |
) |
|
Balance at November 1, 2008 |
|
|
215.4 |
|
|
$ |
990 |
|
|
$ |
192 |
|
|
$ |
(20 |
) |
|
$ |
1,162 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
Retained |
|
|
(Loss) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
Earnings |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Balance at February 3, 2007 |
|
|
257.3 |
|
|
$ |
827 |
|
|
$ |
1,351 |
|
|
$ |
(9 |
) |
|
$ |
2,169 |
|
|
Cumulative effect adjustment to adopt
FIN 48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
Adjusted Beginning Balance at
February 3, 2007 |
|
|
257.3 |
|
|
$ |
827 |
|
|
$ |
1,348 |
|
|
$ |
(9 |
) |
|
$ |
2,166 |
|
Net earnings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
503 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
503 |
|
Other comprehensive earnings (loss): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation
adjustment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
(15 |
) |
Amounts amortized into net periodic
benefit cost, net of tax of ($1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Fair value adjustment to
investment in asset backed
securities, net of tax of $3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive net earnings |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
485 |
|
Cash dividends paid ($0.405 per share) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(103 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(103 |
) |
Issuance of common stock for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock option plans |
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
59 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59 |
|
Employee stock purchase plan |
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17 |
|
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
Repurchase of common stock |
|
|
(27.8 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,340 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,340 |
) |
|
Balance at November 3, 2007 |
|
|
232.0 |
|
|
$ |
927 |
|
|
$ |
408 |
|
|
$ |
(27 |
) |
|
$ |
1,308 |
|
|
The accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these financial statements.
5 of 32
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in millions)
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Operating Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
$ |
333 |
|
|
$ |
503 |
|
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by
(used in)
operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization of buildings and equipment |
|
|
222 |
|
|
|
203 |
|
Gain on sale of Façonnable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(34 |
) |
Amortization of deferred property incentives and other, net |
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
|
(30 |
) |
Stock-based compensation expense |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
Deferred income taxes, net |
|
|
(59 |
) |
|
|
(33 |
) |
Tax benefit from stock-based payments |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
Excess tax benefit from stock-based payments |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(25 |
) |
Provision for bad debt expense |
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
Change in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
(62 |
) |
|
|
(1,041 |
) |
Investment in asset backed securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
420 |
|
Merchandise inventories |
|
|
(301 |
) |
|
|
(283 |
) |
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
(10 |
) |
Other assets |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
(28 |
) |
Accounts payable |
|
|
280 |
|
|
|
131 |
|
Accrued salaries, wages and related benefits |
|
|
(66 |
) |
|
|
(67 |
) |
Income taxes |
|
|
(91 |
) |
|
|
(22 |
) |
Deferred property incentives |
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
Other liabilities |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
|
|
454 |
|
|
|
(153 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures |
|
|
(439 |
) |
|
|
(358 |
) |
Change in accounts receivable originated at third parties |
|
|
(171 |
) |
|
|
(102 |
) |
Proceeds from sale of Façonnable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
216 |
|
Proceeds from sale of assets |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
Other, net |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(608 |
) |
|
|
(229 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from commercial paper |
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
Proceeds from long-term borrowings |
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
1,522 |
|
Principal payments on long-term borrowings |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(177 |
) |
(Decrease) increase in cash book overdrafts |
|
|
(45 |
) |
|
|
23 |
|
Proceeds from exercise of stock options |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
Proceeds from employee stock purchase plan |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
Excess tax benefit from stock-based payments |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
Cash dividends paid |
|
|
(104 |
) |
|
|
(103 |
) |
Repurchase of common stock |
|
|
(264 |
) |
|
|
(1,340 |
) |
Other, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
|
|
(136 |
) |
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(290 |
) |
|
|
(295 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
|
|
358 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
|
$ |
68 |
|
|
$ |
108 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements are an integral
part of these financial statements.
6 of 32
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share, per option and unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained in our 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The
same accounting policies are followed for preparing quarterly and annual financial information. All
adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations, financial position
and cash flows have been included and are of a normal, recurring nature.
Our business, like that of other retailers, is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Our Anniversary
Sale in July and the holidays in December typically result in higher sales in the second and fourth
quarters of our fiscal years. Accordingly, results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative
of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year.
Accounting Policies
The preparation of our financial statements requires that we make estimates and judgments that
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and other
assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ
from these estimates.
Our accounting policies in 2008 are consistent with those discussed in our 2007 Annual Report on
Form 10-K, except as discussed below.
Fair Value Measurements
Effective February 3, 2008, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, Fair
Value Measurements (SFAS 157). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring
fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement applies whenever
other accounting pronouncements require or permit fair value measurements. The adoption of SFAS 157
did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Refer to Note 3: Fair
Value Measurement for the required disclosures under SFAS 157.
Statement of Cash Flows Correction
Through our wholly owned federal savings bank, Nordstrom fsb, we offer a co-branded Nordstrom VISA
credit card to our customers. On May 1, 2007, we combined the VISA program into our existing
Nordstrom private label credit card securitization master trust, which is accounted for as a
secured borrowing (on-balance sheet). The VISA program allows our customers the option of using the
card for purchases of Nordstrom merchandise and services, as well as for purchases outside of
Nordstrom. See additional disclosure related to our securitization of accounts receivable below and
our accounts receivable in Note 2: Accounts Receivable.
Subsequent to the issuance of our 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K, we determined that beginning in
the second quarter of 2007, cash flows arising from VISA originations and repayments for sales
outside of Nordstrom are more properly defined as an investing activity rather than an operating
activity within our condensed consolidated statements of cash flows. As a result, net cash used in
operating activities and net cash used in investing activities in the accompanying condensed
consolidated statements of cash flows have been corrected from the amounts previously reported as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine months ended |
|
|
|
November 3, 2007 |
|
|
|
As |
|
|
|
|
|
|
previously |
|
|
As |
|
|
|
reported |
|
|
corrected |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in accounts receivable |
|
$ |
(1,143 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,041 |
) |
Net cash used in operating activities |
|
|
(255 |
) |
|
|
(153 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing Activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in accounts receivable
originated at third parties |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(102 |
) |
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(127 |
) |
|
|
(229 |
) |
7 of 32
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share, per option and unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
NOTE 1: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (Revised
2007), Business Combinations (SFAS 141(R)). Under SFAS 141(R), an acquiring entity will be
required to recognize all the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a transaction at the
acquisition-date fair value with limited exceptions. SFAS 141(R) will change the accounting
treatment for certain specific acquisition-related items, including expensing acquisition-related
costs as incurred, valuing noncontrolling interests (minority interests) at fair value at the
acquisition date, and expensing restructuring costs associated with an acquired business. SFAS
141(R) also includes a substantial number of new disclosure requirements. SFAS 141(R) is to be
applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after
January 1, 2009. Early adoption is not permitted. Generally, the effect of SFAS 141(R) will depend
on the circumstances of any potential future acquisition.
Also in December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements an amendment of ARB No. 51 (SFAS
160). SFAS 160 establishes new accounting and reporting standards for a noncontrolling interest
(minority interest) in a subsidiary, provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of the
deconsolidation of a subsidiary, and increases transparency through expanded disclosures.
Specifically, SFAS 160 requires the recognition of a minority interest as equity in the
consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent companys equity. It also requires
consolidated net earnings in the consolidated statement of earnings to include the amount of net
earnings attributable to minority interest. This statement will be effective for Nordstrom as of
the beginning of fiscal year 2009. Early adoption is not permitted. We are presently evaluating
the impact of the adoption of SFAS 160 and believe there will be no material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-2, (FSP FAS 157-2), which
delayed the effective date of SFAS 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities,
except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a
recurring basis (at least annually), to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. We are
presently evaluating the impact of the adoption of SFAS 157 for our nonfinancial assets and
nonfinancial liabilities and do not believe it will have a material effect on our consolidated
financial statements.
In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures
About Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS
161). SFAS 161 expands the disclosure requirements in SFAS 133 about an entitys derivative
instruments and hedging activities. This statement will be effective for Nordstrom as of the
beginning of fiscal year 2009. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of SFAS 161.
Securitization Program
On May 1, 2007, we converted our Nordstrom private label card and co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit
card programs into one securitization program. Prior to the transaction, finance charges and other,
net consisted primarily of finance charges and late fees generated by our Nordstrom private label
cards, earnings from our investment in asset backed securities and securitization gains and losses,
which were generated from the co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit card program. Included in finance
charges and other, net for the nine months ended November 3, 2007, was interest income of $21 and
gain on sales of receivables and other income of $5. After the transaction, finance charges and
other, net consists primarily of finance charges, late fees and interchange generated by our
combined Nordstrom private label card and
co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit card programs.
8 of 32
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share, per option and unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
NOTE 2: ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
The components of accounts receivable are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
February 2, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Trade receivables: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted |
|
$ |
1,919 |
|
|
$ |
1,760 |
|
|
$ |
1,665 |
|
Unrestricted |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
|
|
(105 |
) |
|
|
(73 |
) |
|
|
(54 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade receivables, net |
|
|
1,840 |
|
|
|
1,705 |
|
|
|
1,641 |
|
Other |
|
|
78 |
|
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net |
|
$ |
1,918 |
|
|
$ |
1,788 |
|
|
$ |
1,734 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the restricted trade receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
February 2, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Private label card receivables |
|
$ |
615 |
|
|
$ |
630 |
|
|
$ |
605 |
|
Co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit card receivables |
|
|
1,304 |
|
|
|
1,130 |
|
|
|
1,060 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted trade receivables |
|
$ |
1,919 |
|
|
$ |
1,760 |
|
|
$ |
1,665 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The restricted trade receivables secure our Series 2007-1 Notes, the Series 2007-2 Notes, and our
two variable funding notes. The restricted trade receivables relate to substantially all of our
Nordstrom private label card receivables and co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit card receivables.
The unrestricted trade receivables consist primarily of the remaining portion of our Nordstrom
private label and co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit card receivables and accrued finance charges not
yet allocated to customer accounts.
Other accounts receivable consist primarily of credit card receivables due from third-party
financial institutions, vendor claims and receivables related to our Façonnable Transition Services
Agreement.
NOTE 3: FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT
Effective February 3, 2008, we partially adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
157, Fair Value Measurements (SFAS 157). Our partial adoption is in accordance with FASB Staff
Position No. FAS 157-2, which allows for the delay of the effective date of SFAS 157 for
nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities.
SFAS 157 requires certain disclosures regarding fair value based on the inputs used to measure fair
value. The following is a list of the defined levels in the fair value hierarchy based on the data
and/or methods used to determine fair value:
Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2: Observable market-based inputs or unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data
Level 3: Unobservable inputs reflecting the reporting entitys own assumptions
We perform fair market valuations of certain assets and liabilities, including cash equivalents and
an interest rate swap. The carrying amount of cash equivalents approximates fair value and is
considered a Level 1 fair value measurement. As of November 1, 2008, the fair value and carrying
amount of cash equivalents was $27. Our interest rate swap, which is considered a Level 2 fair
value measurement, is valued based on open-market quotes for identical or comparable assets from
reputable third-party brokers. As of November 1, 2008, the fair value and carrying amount of our
interest rate swap was less than $1. We do not have any other material Level 2 or Level 3 financial
assets or liabilities as of November 1, 2008. As of November 1, 2008, we had no material financial
assets or liabilities measured on a non-recurring basis that required adjustments or write-downs.
9 of 32
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share, per option and unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
NOTE 4: INCOME TAXES
We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions. We are no longer
subject to any significant U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations for
the years before 2002. During 2008, the IRS completed its routine examinations of our U.S. federal
filings for the years 2002 through 2006. As a result of adjustments identified in the IRS
examinations and related revisions of our estimates, we increased our deferred tax assets,
specifically related to land, building and equipment, which also resulted in a significant
reduction in our effective tax rate for the quarter. Also during the third quarter of 2008, our
effective tax rate was impacted by an adjustment related to investment valuation.
A reconciliation of the statutory Federal income tax rate to the effective tax rate on earnings
before income taxes are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter ended |
|
|
Nine months ended |
|
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
Statutory rate |
|
|
35.0% |
|
|
|
35.0% |
|
State and local income taxes, net of federal income taxes |
|
|
3.4 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
Deferred tax adjustment |
|
|
(20.2) |
|
|
|
(3.6) |
|
Investment valuation adjustment |
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
|
1.0 |
|
Other, net |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective tax rate |
|
|
24.3% |
|
|
|
36.6% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 5: DEBT
As of November 1, 2008, we had total short-term borrowing capacity available for general corporate
purposes of $800. Of this total, we had $650 under our commercial paper program, which is backed by
our unsecured line of credit. As of November 1, 2008 and November 3, 2007, we had $102 and $392,
respectively, in outstanding issuances of commercial paper. As of November 1, 2008 and November 3,
2007, we had no outstanding borrowings under our line of credit. The remaining $150 in short-term
capacity as of November 1, 2008 was available under a Variable Funding Note facility (2007-A
VFN). As of November 1, 2008, we had $150 outstanding issuances against this facility, which is
classified in the current portion of long-term debt on our consolidated balance sheet.
Subsequent to the end of our third quarter, we increased the capacity on our 2007-A VFN to $300,
which increased our total short-term borrowing capacity to $950. See Note 12: Subsequent Event for
additional details.
In the second quarter of 2008, we adjusted the mix of our $800 short-term borrowing capacity, by
exercising the $150 accordion feature on our existing revolving credit facility and reducing our
2007-A VFN from $300 to $150. The accordion feature allowed us to increase our existing $500
unsecured line of credit to $650. In conjunction with the increase of our unsecured line of credit,
we also increased our $500 commercial paper program to $650.
Our short-term borrowing facilities include restrictive covenants. The line of credit expires in
November 2010 and requires that we maintain a leverage ratio of approximately four times adjusted
debt to earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and rent (EBITDAR).
The 2007-A VFN matures in November 2009 and can be cancelled if our debt ratings fall below
Standard and Poors BB+ rating or Moodys Ba1 rating. As of December 8, 2008, our rating by
Standard and Poors was A-, four grades above BB+, and by Moodys was Baa1, three grades above
Ba1.
Our wholly owned federal savings bank, Nordstrom fsb, also maintains a variable funding facility
with a short-term credit capacity of $100. This facility is available, if needed, to provide
liquidity support to Nordstrom fsb. As of November 1, 2008 and November 3, 2007, Nordstrom fsb had
no outstanding borrowings under this facility.
As of November 1, 2008 and November 3, 2007, we had $425 and $209, respectively, classified as
current portion of long-term debt in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. As of November 1,
2008, this balance was primarily comprised of $250 related to our senior notes due in January 2009,
as well as the $150 in outstanding issuances against our 2007-A VFN. As of
November 3, 2007, current portion of long-term debt consisted primarily of $200 in outstanding
issuances against our 2007-A VFN.
10 of 32
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share, per option
and unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
NOTE 6: POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS
Our Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) provides retirement benefits to officers and
selected employees. The SERP has different benefit levels depending on the participants role in
the company. As of November 1, 2008 and November 3, 2007, there were 33 and 38 officers and
selected employees eligible for the SERP benefits. The expense components of our SERP are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Participant service cost |
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
$ |
2 |
|
Interest cost |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Amortization of net loss |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Amortization of prior service cost |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expense |
|
$ |
3 |
|
|
$ |
3 |
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
|
$ |
9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 7: STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS
Stock-based compensation expense before income tax benefit was recorded in our condensed
consolidated statements of earnings as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Cost of sales and related buying and
occupancy costs |
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
$ |
3 |
|
|
$ |
7 |
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation
expense before income tax benefit |
|
$ |
6 |
|
|
$ |
7 |
|
|
$ |
21 |
|
|
$ |
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock Options
As of November 1, 2008, we have options outstanding under two stock option plans, the 2004 Equity
Incentive Plan and the 1997 Stock Option Plan (collectively, the Nordstrom, Inc. Plans). Options
vest over periods ranging from four to eight years, and expire ten years after the date of grant.
During the nine months ended November 1, 2008, 2.2 options were granted, 0.8 options were exercised
and 0.5 options were cancelled. During the nine months ended November 3, 2007, 1.6 options were
granted, 2.1 options were exercised and 0.3 options were cancelled.
In the first quarter of fiscal 2008, stock option awards to employees were approved by the
Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors and their exercise price was set at $38.02, the
closing price of our common stock on February 28, 2008 (the date of grant). The awards vest over a
four-year period and were determined based upon a percentage of the recipients base salary and the
estimated fair value of the stock options, which was estimated using a Binomial Lattice option
valuation model. During the nine months ended November 1, 2008, we awarded stock options to 1,230
employees compared to 1,195 employees in the same period in 2007.
We used the following assumptions to estimate the fair value of stock options at the date of grant:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007 |
|
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
2.0% - 4.3% |
|
|
|
4.6% - 4.7% |
|
Weighted average expected volatility |
|
|
45.0% |
|
|
|
35.0% |
|
Weighted average expected dividend yield |
|
|
1.3% |
|
|
|
1.0% |
|
Weighted average expected life in years |
|
|
5.5 |
|
|
|
5.7 |
|
11 of 32
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share, per option and unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
NOTE 7: STOCK COMPENSATION PLANS (CONTINUED)
The weighted average fair value per option at the date of grant was $15 and $20 in 2008 and 2007.
The following describes the significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options
granted:
|
|
|
Risk-free interest rate: The risk-free interest rate represents the yield on U.S. Treasury
zero-coupon securities that mature over the 10-year life of the stock options. |
|
|
|
|
Expected volatility: The expected volatility is based on a combination of the historical
volatility of our common stock and the implied volatility of exchange traded options for our
common stock. |
|
|
|
|
Expected dividend yield: The expected dividend yield is our forecasted dividend yield for
the next ten years. |
|
|
|
|
Expected life in years: The expected life represents the estimated period of time until
option exercise. The expected term of options granted was derived from the output of the
Binomial Lattice option valuation model and was based on our historical exercise behavior,
taking into consideration the contractual term of the option and our employees expected
exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior. |
Performance Share Units
We grant performance share units to executive officers as one of the ways to align compensation
with shareholder interests. Performance share units are payable in either cash or stock as elected
by the employee; therefore they are classified as a liability award in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment. Performance share units vest after
a three-year performance period only when our total shareholder return (reflecting daily stock
price appreciation and compound reinvestment of dividends) is positive and outperforms companies in
a defined group of direct competitors determined by the Compensation Committee of our Board of
Directors. The percentage of units that vest depends on our relative position at the end of the
performance period and can range from 0% to 125% of the number of units granted.
The liability is remeasured and the appropriate earnings adjustment is taken at each fiscal
quarter-end during the vesting period. The performance share unit liability is remeasured using the
estimated vesting percentage multiplied by the closing market price of our common stock on the
current period-end date and is pro-rated based on the amount of time passed in the vesting period.
The price used to issue stock or cash for the performance share units upon vesting is the closing
market price of our common stock on the vest date.
As of November 1, 2008, February 2, 2008 and November 3, 2007, our liabilities included $0, $3 and
$4 for performance share units. For each of the nine month periods ended November 1, 2008 and
November 3, 2007, stock-based compensation expense/income arising from performance share units was
less than $1. As of November 1, 2008, we did not have any unrecognized stock-based compensation
expense for non-vested performance share units as we had a negative total shareholder return for
all outstanding performance periods. This position may change before the end of the performance
period for the non-vested performance share units. At February 2, 2008, 113,743 units were
unvested. During the nine months ended November 1, 2008, 79,504 units were granted, no units vested
and 18,852 units cancelled, resulting in an ending balance of 174,395 unvested units as of November
1, 2008.
The following table summarizes the information for performance share units that vested during the
period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
|
Number of performance share units vested |
|
|
|
|
|
|
112,496 |
|
Total fair value of performance share units vested |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
8 |
|
Total amount of performance share units settled for cash |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1 |
|
12 of 32
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share, per option and unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
NOTE 8: EARNINGS PER SHARE
The computation of earnings per share is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Net earnings |
|
$ |
71 |
|
|
$ |
166 |
|
|
$ |
333 |
|
|
$ |
503 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average basic shares |
|
|
215.6 |
|
|
|
241.5 |
|
|
|
216.9 |
|
|
|
250.2 |
|
Dilutive effect of stock options and
performance share units |
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average diluted shares |
|
|
218.1 |
|
|
|
245.3 |
|
|
|
219.8 |
|
|
|
254.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per basic share |
|
$ |
0.33 |
|
|
$ |
0.69 |
|
|
$ |
1.54 |
|
|
$ |
2.01 |
|
Earnings per diluted share |
|
$ |
0.33 |
|
|
$ |
0.68 |
|
|
$ |
1.52 |
|
|
$ |
1.98 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Antidilutive stock options and other |
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
13 of 32
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share, per option and unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
NOTE 9: SEGMENT REPORTING
We aggregate our full-line, Rack and Jeffrey stores into the Retail Stores segment and report
Direct as a separate segment. The Credit segment earns finance charges and late fee income through
operation of the Nordstrom private label and co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit cards. The Other
segment includes our product development group, which coordinates the design and production of
private label merchandise sold in our retail stores, and our distribution network. This segment
also includes our corporate center operations. During the time that we owned them, this segment
also included the operations of our Façonnable stores. The following tables set forth the
information for our reportable segments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter ended |
|
Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
Stores |
|
|
Direct |
|
|
Credit |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
1,632 |
|
|
$ |
158 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
15 |
|
|
$ |
1,805 |
|
Net sales (decrease) increase |
|
|
(8.7%) |
|
|
|
8.5% |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
(8.4%) |
|
Finance charges and other, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
74 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
74 |
|
Earnings
before interest and income taxes |
|
$ |
162 |
|
|
$ |
41 |
|
|
$ |
(14 |
) |
|
$ |
(62 |
) |
|
$ |
127 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(13 |
) |
|
$ |
(20 |
) |
|
$ |
(33 |
) |
Earnings before income taxes |
|
$ |
162 |
|
|
$ |
41 |
|
|
$ |
(27 |
) |
|
$ |
(82 |
) |
|
$ |
94 |
|
Earnings before income taxes
as a percentage of net sales |
|
|
9.9% |
|
|
|
25.9% |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
5.2% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter ended |
|
Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 3, 2007 |
|
Stores |
|
|
Direct |
|
|
Credit |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
1,788 |
|
|
$ |
146 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
36 |
|
|
$ |
1,970 |
|
Net sales increase |
|
|
4.4% |
|
|
|
12.5% |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
5.3% |
|
Finance charges and other, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
66 |
|
|
$ |
3 |
|
|
$ |
69 |
|
Earnings
before interest and income taxes |
|
$ |
270 |
|
|
$ |
39 |
|
|
$ |
14 |
|
|
$ |
(31 |
) |
|
$ |
292 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(18 |
) |
|
$ |
(2 |
) |
|
$ |
(20 |
) |
Earnings before income taxes |
|
$ |
270 |
|
|
$ |
39 |
|
|
$ |
(4 |
) |
|
$ |
(33 |
) |
|
$ |
272 |
|
Earnings before income taxes
as a percentage of net sales |
|
|
15.1% |
|
|
|
27.3% |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
13.8% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months ended |
|
Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
Stores |
|
|
Direct |
|
|
Credit |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
5,563 |
|
|
$ |
481 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(73 |
) |
|
$ |
5,971 |
|
Net sales (decrease) increase |
|
|
(4.7%) |
|
|
|
9.3% |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
(5.4%) |
|
Finance charges and other, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
218 |
|
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
$ |
220 |
|
Earnings
before interest and income taxes |
|
$ |
702 |
|
|
$ |
124 |
|
|
$ |
(2 |
) |
|
$ |
(201 |
) |
|
$ |
623 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(39 |
) |
|
$ |
(59 |
) |
|
$ |
(98 |
) |
Earnings before income taxes |
|
$ |
702 |
|
|
$ |
124 |
|
|
$ |
(41 |
) |
|
$ |
(260 |
) |
|
$ |
525 |
|
Earnings before income taxes
as a percentage of net sales |
|
|
12.6% |
|
|
|
25.9% |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
8.8% |
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
3,041 |
|
|
$ |
164 |
|
|
$ |
1,914 |
|
|
$ |
945 |
|
|
$ |
6,064 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months ended |
|
Retail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November 3, 2007 |
|
Stores |
|
|
Direct |
|
|
Credit |
|
|
Other |
|
|
Total |
|
|
Net sales |
|
$ |
5,838 |
|
|
$ |
440 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
36 |
|
|
$ |
6,314 |
|
Net sales increase |
|
|
6.2% |
|
|
|
21.2% |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
6.5% |
|
Finance charges and other, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
181 |
|
|
$ |
14 |
|
|
$ |
195 |
|
Earnings
before interest and income taxes |
|
$ |
898 |
|
|
$ |
112 |
|
|
$ |
22 |
|
|
$ |
(169 |
) |
|
$ |
863 |
|
Interest expense, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
(46 |
) |
|
$ |
2 |
|
|
$ |
(44 |
) |
Earnings before income taxes |
|
$ |
898 |
|
|
$ |
112 |
|
|
$ |
(24 |
) |
|
$ |
(167 |
) |
|
$ |
819 |
|
Earnings before income taxes
as a percentage of net sales |
|
|
15.4% |
|
|
|
25.5% |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
13.0% |
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
2,723 |
|
|
$ |
158 |
|
|
$ |
1,713 |
|
|
$ |
893 |
|
|
$ |
5,487 |
|
The segment information for the quarter and nine months ended November 3, 2007 has been adjusted
from our third quarter 2007 Form 10-Q disclosures to reflect how we currently view our business.
These adjustments include the 2008 view of interest expense between our Credit and Other segments
and the 2008 view of our sales return reserve and other accounting adjustments between our Direct
and Other segments. These changes do not impact the condensed consolidated statement of earnings.
14 of 32
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share, per option and unit amounts)
(Unaudited)
NOTE 10: SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOW INFORMATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Cash paid during the period for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest (net of capitalized interest) |
|
$ |
91 |
|
|
$ |
52 |
|
Income taxes |
|
$ |
319 |
|
|
$ |
340 |
|
NOTE 11: CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
We are involved in routine claims, proceedings and litigation arising from the normal course of our
business. The results of these claims, proceedings and litigation cannot be predicted with
certainty. However, we do not believe any such claim, proceeding or litigation, either alone or in
aggregate, will have a material impact on our results of operations, financial position or cash
flows.
NOTE 12: SUBSEQUENT EVENT
Subsequent to the end of our third quarter, we increased the available capacity of our existing
$150 variable funding facility (2007-A Variable Funding Note) to $300. We also completed an
extension of the term of this facility through November 19, 2009. The facility can be cancelled or
not renewed if our debt ratings fall below Standard and Poors BB+ rating or Moodys Ba1 rating. As
of December 8, 2008, our rating by Standard and Poors was A-, four grades above BB+, and by
Moodys was Baa1, three grades above Ba1. The facility is backed by substantially all of the
Nordstrom private label card receivables and a 90% interest in the co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit
card receivables. Borrowings under this facility incur interest based upon the cost of commercial
paper issued by a third-party bank conduit plus specified fees. With this change, in total we have
$950 of short-term credit capacity, as well as $100 in short-term credit capacity available to our
wholly owned federal savings bank, Nordstrom fsb. As of December 8, 2008, we had $100 outstanding
borrowings on our 2007-A Variable Funding Note, as well as $70 in outstanding issuances of
commercial paper.
15 of 32
Item 2. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share and per square foot amounts)
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Managements Discussion and
Analysis section of our 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION CAUTIONARY STATEMENT
Certain statements in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contain forward-looking statements (as
defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995) that involve risks and
uncertainties, including anticipated financial results, use of cash and liquidity, growth, store
openings and trends in our operations. Actual future results and trends may differ materially from
historical results or current expectations depending upon various factors including, but not
limited to:
|
|
|
the impact of deteriorating economic and market conditions and the resulting impact on
consumer spending patterns |
|
|
|
our ability to respond to the business environment and fashion trends |
|
|
|
the competitive pricing environment within the retail sector |
|
|
|
effective inventory management |
|
|
|
the effectiveness of planned advertising, marketing and promotional campaigns |
|
|
|
successful execution of our store growth strategy including the timely completion of
construction associated with newly planned stores, relocations and remodels, all of which may
be impacted by the financial health of third parties |
|
|
|
our compliance with applicable banking and related laws and regulations impacting our
ability to extend credit to our customers |
|
|
|
our compliance with information security and privacy laws and regulations, employment laws
and regulations and other laws and regulations applicable to the company |
|
|
|
successful execution of our multi-channel strategy |
|
|
|
our ability to safeguard our brand and reputation |
|
|
|
efficient and proper allocation of our capital resources |
|
|
|
successful execution of our technology strategy |
|
|
|
trends in personal bankruptcies and bad debt write-offs |
|
|
|
availability and cost of credit |
|
|
|
changes in interest rates |
|
|
|
our ability to maintain our relationships with our employees and to effectively train and
develop our future leaders |
|
|
|
our ability to control costs |
|
|
|
risks related to fluctuations in world currencies |
|
|
|
weather conditions and hazards of nature that affect consumer traffic and consumers
purchasing patterns |
|
|
|
timing and amounts of share repurchases by the company |
These and other factors, including those factors described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors in
our Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2008 and in Part II, Item 1A. Risk Factors on
page 29 of this report, could affect our financial results and trends and cause actual results and
trends to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may provide.
As a result, while we believe there is a reasonable basis for the forward-looking statements, you
should not place undue reliance on those statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise
any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events, new information or future
circumstances. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements.
16 of 32
Item 2. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(Continued) (Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share and per square foot amounts)
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Overview
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Net earnings |
|
$ |
71 |
|
|
$ |
166 |
|
|
$ |
333 |
|
|
$ |
503 |
|
Net earnings as a percentage of net sales |
|
|
3.9% |
|
|
|
8.4% |
|
|
|
5.6% |
|
|
|
8.0% |
|
Earnings per diluted share |
|
$ |
0.33 |
|
|
$ |
0.68 |
|
|
$ |
1.52 |
|
|
$ |
1.98 |
|
Earnings per diluted share decreased $0.35 to $0.33 for the quarter ended November 1, 2008, and
decreased $0.46 to $1.52 for the nine months ended November 1, 2008, compared with the same periods
in the prior year. These decreases were primarily due to lower sales, lower merchandise margin
rates, and higher bad debt expense, partially offset by lower variable expenses and
performance-related incentives, our continued focus on controlling our fixed expenses, and the
impact of share repurchases. Key highlights include:
| |
|
We recorded two non-comparable items in the third quarter of 2008 related to income taxes
and our sales return reserve that had a benefit to earnings per diluted share of approximately
$0.03. In the third quarter of 2007, we completed the sale of our Façonnable business and our
results for that period include a gain which increased our earnings per share by $0.09. |
| |
|
Total net sales decreased 8.4% for the quarter and 5.4% for the nine months ended November
1, 2008, compared to the same periods in 2007. Total company same-store sales declined 11.1%
and 7.7%, respectively, for the quarter and nine months ended November 1, 2008. Results in
full-line stores continued to be challenging, as same-store sales decreased 15.6% in the
quarter and 11.0% year-to-date. Nordstrom Rack continued its strong same-store sales
performance with an increase of 3.6% in the quarter and 4.8% year-to-date. Sales for the
Direct segment increased 8.5% in the quarter and 9.3% year-to-date. Sales in all of our
businesses were significantly impacted after the financial markets began to experience severe
stress in mid-September. |
| |
|
Gross profit as a percentage of net sales (gross profit rate) decreased 332 basis points
for the quarter and 183 basis points for the nine months ended November 1, 2008, as we
responded to slower sales trends and the competitive environment with increased markdowns.
Average inventory per square foot decreased 5.4% from the prior year. |
| |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $14 for the quarter and decreased $7
for the nine months ended November 1, 2008, compared to the same periods ended November 3,
2007. Our continued focus on expense control resulted in expense growth well below our square
footage growth of 5.7% since the third quarter of 2007. |
| |
|
In the third quarter of 2008, we repurchased 0.8 shares of stock totaling $26, with an
average price of $30.82. For the nine months ended November 1, 2008, we repurchased 6.9 shares
of stock totaling $238 with an average price of $34.29. We suspended our share repurchase
program in September. We may resume the program in the future if economic conditions improve.
Third quarter share repurchases had a minimal impact on third quarter earnings per diluted
share. |
Net Sales
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Net sales |
|
$ |
1,805 |
|
|
$ |
1,970 |
|
|
$ |
5,971 |
|
|
$ |
6,314 |
|
Net sales (decrease) increase |
|
|
(8.4%) |
|
|
|
5.3% |
|
|
|
(5.4%) |
|
|
|
6.5% |
|
Total company same-store
sales (decrease) increase |
|
|
(11.1%) |
|
|
|
2.2% |
|
|
|
(7.7%) |
|
|
|
5.8% |
|
Total net sales decreased 8.4% for the quarter and 5.4% for the nine months ended November 1, 2008,
compared to the same periods in the prior year. These decreases were due to same-store sales
declines for our full-line stores, partially offset by increases in same-store sales for our Rack
and Direct channels, as well as the opening of seven new full-line stores since November 3, 2007.
17 of 32
Item 2. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(Continued)
(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share and per square foot amounts)
Same-store sales for our full-line stores decreased 15.6% for the quarter and 11.0% for the nine
months ended November 1, 2008. The largest same-store sales decreases in both periods came in
womens apparel and mens apparel. Womens apparel continued to experience a market-wide downturn.
While we believe the current macro environment and fashion cycle contributed to these results, we
plan to continue to focus on our execution to improve performance. Cosmetics and junior womens
apparel were the leading merchandise categories for the quarter, while cosmetics, accessories and
junior womens apparel were the best performing merchandise categories year-to-date.
Regionally, business was challenging in the state of California for the quarter and nine months
ended November 1, 2008. However, the Northwest and South were regions with performance above the
full-line same-store sales average for both the quarter and nine months ended November 1, 2008.
Our Rack channel continued its positive sales growth with same-store sales increases of 3.6% for
the quarter and 4.8% for the nine months ended November 1, 2008. For the quarter, and nine-months
ended November 1, 2008, all apparel divisions as well as accessories drove the growth, especially
kids apparel and accessories. For both periods, all regions contributed to the positive sales
results.
Our Direct channel delivered net sales increases of 8.5% for the quarter and 9.3% for the nine
months ended November 1, 2008. These results were led by the womens apparel, accessories and kids
merchandise categories, which experienced strong growth for both periods with net sales increases
above Directs average net sales increase.
During the third quarter of 2008, as a result of improved information regarding our customers
return patterns, we changed our estimated sales return reserve. This adjustment negatively impacted
our sales by $19 and reduced our net earnings and earnings per diluted share by approximately $6
and $0.03, respectively.
Looking forward, we expect our total company same-store sales to be negative 13% to negative 16%
for the fourth quarter and negative 9% to negative 10% for the full year.
Gross Profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Gross profit |
|
$ |
620 |
|
|
$ |
742 |
|
|
$ |
2,119 |
|
|
$ |
2,357 |
|
Gross profit rate |
|
|
34.3% |
|
|
|
37.7% |
|
|
|
35.5% |
|
|
|
37.3% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Four Quarters Ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Average inventory per square foot |
|
$ |
52.88 |
|
|
$ |
55.93 |
|
Inventory turnover rate (for the most recent four quarters) |
|
|
4.88 |
|
|
|
4.92 |
|
Gross profit decreased $122 for the quarter and $238 for the nine months ended November 1, 2008.
Compared to the same periods last year, our gross profit rate deteriorated 332 basis points for the
quarter and 183 basis points for the nine months ended November 1, 2008. For both periods, the
deterioration was driven primarily by a decrease in our merchandise margin rate as we utilized
markdowns at our full-line stores to respond to slower sales and a more competitive environment.
All major merchandise categories contributed to these decreases for both periods. Our buying and
occupancy costs as a percentage of sales increased 100 basis points for the quarter as many of our
costs are fixed relative to the sales decline. Buying and occupancy costs as a percentage of sales
were relatively consistent with the prior year for the nine months ended November 1, 2008.
Average inventory per square foot for the four quarters ended November 1, 2008 decreased 5.4%
compared to the four quarters ended November 3, 2007. The decline was primarily due to our
continued efforts to align inventory levels with lower sales expectations by controlling receipts
and editing our merchandise offering to provide our customers with the most compelling fashion, as
well as the sale of our Façonnable business in the third quarter of 2007.
Our four-quarter average inventory turnover rate declined to 4.88 for the third quarter of 2008
compared to 4.92 for the third quarter of 2007 due to declining sales trends, mitigated by our
continued efforts to control inventory levels.
We expect our gross profit rate to decrease between 250 and 280 basis points for the 2008 fiscal
year when compared with the 2007 fiscal year.
18 of 32
Item 2. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(Continued)
(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share and per square foot amounts)
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (SG&A)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Selling, general and administrative expenses |
|
$ |
567 |
|
|
$ |
553 |
|
|
$ |
1,716 |
|
|
$ |
1,723 |
|
SG&A rate |
|
|
31.4% |
|
|
|
28.0% |
|
|
|
28.7% |
|
|
|
27.3% |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $14, compared to last years third quarter,
primarily due to increased bad debt expense and expenses related to our new stores opened since
November 3, 2007, partially offset by lower variable expenses as well as cost savings resulting
from our continued focus on controlling fixed expenses. During the third quarter of 2008, bad debt
expense increased by $29 due to increased delinquencies and write-offs reflecting current consumer
credit trends, as well as reserves for higher projected losses inherent in our current receivable
portfolio. Overall, we believe our credit card portfolio remains high quality compared with
the credit card industry as a whole, with super-prime and prime customers making up approximately 90%
of total spending on our credit cards for the quarter and nine months ended November 1, 2008. While we expect our delinquency
and write-off rates to continue to be negatively impacted by the current economic conditions, our
rates continue to be some of the lowest in the
credit card industry. In connection with lower sales, we experienced a reduction in variable costs
related to selling labor. Additionally, we have continued the fixed cost saving initiatives which
we began in the first quarter. These factors, as well as the impact of declining sales, drove an
increase of 336 basis points in our SG&A rate for the quarter.
For the nine months ended November 1, 2008, our SG&A dollars decreased $7 to $1,716 due to lower
performance-related incentives and cost savings initiatives implemented in the first quarter,
partially offset by increased bad debt expense and expenses related to our new stores opened since
November 3, 2007. Lower overall company performance led to a decrease in performance-related
incentives. Additionally, we experienced a decrease in variable selling costs, similar to the third
quarter. The increase in bad debt was due to increased delinquencies and write-offs reflecting
current consumer trends and higher projected losses inherent in our current receivable portfolio
and bringing the co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit card portfolio on-balance sheet on May 1, 2007.
These items, as well as the impact of declining sales, drove an increase of 146 basis points in our
SG&A rate year-to-date.
We expect our SG&A rate to increase 160 to 190 basis points for the 2008 fiscal year when compared
with the 2007 fiscal year.
Finance Charges and Other, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Finance charges and other, net |
|
$ |
74 |
|
|
$ |
69 |
|
|
$ |
220 |
|
|
$ |
195 |
|
Finance charges and other, net as a percentage
of net sales |
|
|
4.1% |
|
|
|
3.5% |
|
|
|
3.7% |
|
|
|
3.1% |
|
Finance charges and other, net were relatively flat for the quarter ended November 1, 2008 compared
with the quarter ended November 3, 2007. While our average accounts receivable increased, the
growth in our portfolio was partially offset by a decrease in the average prime rate charged to our
customers.
For the nine months ended November 1, 2008, finance charges and other, net increased $25 from the
same period in 2007, primarily due to our 2007 securitization transaction. Prior to May 1, 2007,
the co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit card portfolio was off-balance sheet and income was recorded
net of interest expense and write-offs. Beginning May 1, 2007, all of the finance charges and other
income related to the portfolio have been recorded in finance charges and other, net. Accordingly,
finance charges and other, net for the nine months ended November 1, 2008 does not reflect
write-offs or interest expense, which are now recorded in SG&A and Interest expense, net,
respectively. Similar to the quarter, growth in our accounts receivable year-to-date was partially
offset by a decrease in the average prime rate.
Gain on sale of Façonnable
In the third quarter of 2007, we closed the sale of the Façonnable business, and realized a gain on
the sale of $34. The impact to reported earnings per diluted share was $0.09, net of tax of $13.
19 of 32
Item 2. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(Continued)
(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share and per square foot amounts)
Interest Expense, net
Interest expense, net increased by $13 to $33 for the quarter ended November 1, 2008. For the nine
months ended November 1, 2008, interest expense, net increased by $54 to $98. The increase for both
periods was primarily due to higher average debt levels resulting from our $1,000 debt offering in
the fourth quarter of 2007. For the nine months ended November 1, 2008, the increase was also due
to the $850 securitization transaction in May 2007. For additional discussion of the recent changes
to our capital structure, refer to our Adjusted Debt to EBITDAR disclosure on page 26.
Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Income tax expense |
|
$ |
23 |
|
|
$ |
106 |
|
|
$ |
192 |
|
|
$ |
316 |
|
Effective tax rate |
|
|
24.3% |
|
|
|
39.0% |
|
|
|
36.6% |
|
|
|
38.5% |
|
Our effective income tax rate decreased for both the quarter and nine months ended November 1,
2008, due to a change to our deferred tax assets primarily driven by the closure of several tax
years under audit, partially offset by a permanent item related to investment valuation. The net
impact increased earnings per diluted share by approximately $0.06.
Seasonality
Our business, like that of other retailers, is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Our Anniversary
Sale in July and the holidays in December typically result in higher sales in the second and fourth
quarters of our fiscal years. Accordingly, results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative
of the results that may be achieved for a full fiscal year.
Credit Card Contribution
The Nordstrom Credit card products are designed to grow retail sales and customer relationships by
providing superior payment products, services and loyalty benefits. We believe these products and
the related loyalty benefits have resulted in beneficial shifts in customer spending patterns and
incremental sales. The following table illustrates a detailed view of our operational results of
the Credit segment, consistent with the segment disclosure provided in the Notes to the Condensed
Consolidated Financial Statements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Finance charges and other income1 |
|
$ |
74 |
|
|
$ |
74 |
|
|
$ |
218 |
|
|
$ |
196 |
|
Interest expense |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
(18 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net credit card income |
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
179 |
|
|
|
150 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bad debt expense1 |
|
|
(50) |
|
|
|
(29) |
|
|
|
(106) |
|
|
|
(71) |
|
Operational and marketing expense |
|
|
(38) |
|
|
|
(31) |
|
|
|
(114) |
|
|
|
(103) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expense |
|
|
(88) |
|
|
|
(60) |
|
|
|
(220) |
|
|
|
(174) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit card charge to earnings before
income taxes, as presented in
segment disclosure |
|
$ |
(27) |
|
|
$ |
(4) |
|
|
$ |
(41) |
|
|
$ |
(24) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1For the quarter and nine months ended November 3, 2007, the one-time transitional
charge-offs on the co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit card receivables of $8 and $15 are included in
finance charges and other, net, respectively, on our condensed consolidated statement of earnings.
In the above disclosure this amount is included in bad debt expense rather than finance charges and
other income. These charge-offs represent actual write-offs on the Nordstrom VISA credit card
portfolio during the eight-month transitional period. |
In order to view the total economic contribution of our credit card program, the following
additional items need to be considered:
|
|
|
Off-balance sheet finance charges and other income, interest expense and bad debt
expense: During the first quarter of 2007, we combined our Nordstrom private label card and
co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit card programs into one securitization program. At that
time the Nordstrom co-branded VISA credit card receivables were brought on-balance sheet.
For comparability between years, off-balance sheet amounts are shown for additional finance
charges and other income, interest expense and bad debt expense. This combined presentation
mitigates the impact of the change in the securitization program. |
20 of 32
Item 2. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(Continued)(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share and per square foot amounts)
|
|
|
Intercompany merchant fees and other: This represents the additional intercompany income
of our credit business from the usage of our cards in the Retail and Direct segments. These
amounts represent costs which would have been incurred by our Retail stores and our Direct
segment if our customers used third-party cards. |
The following table illustrates total credit card contribution, including the items discussed
above:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, |
|
November 3, |
|
November 1, |
|
November 3, |
|
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
Finance charges and other income (from page 20) |
|
$ |
74 |
|
|
$ |
74 |
|
|
$ |
218 |
|
|
$ |
196 |
|
Off-balance sheet finance charges and other income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21 |
|
Intercompany merchant fees and other |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total finance charges and other income |
|
|
84 |
|
|
|
86 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
251 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense (from page 20) |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
(18 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
(46 |
) |
Off-balance sheet interest expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total interest expense |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
(18 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
(52 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net credit card income |
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
214 |
|
|
|
199 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bad debt expense (from page 20) |
|
|
(50 |
) |
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
(106 |
) |
|
|
(71 |
) |
Off-balance sheet bad debt expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total bad debt expense |
|
|
(50 |
) |
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
(106 |
) |
|
|
(78 |
) |
Operational and marketing expense (from page
20) |
|
|
(38 |
) |
|
|
(31 |
) |
|
|
(114 |
) |
|
|
(103 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expense |
|
|
(88 |
) |
|
|
(60 |
) |
|
|
(220 |
) |
|
|
(181 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pre-tax credit card (charge) contribution |
|
$ |
(17 |
) |
|
$ |
8 |
|
|
$ |
(6 |
) |
|
$ |
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense decreased to $13 and $39 for the quarter and nine months ended November 1, 2008,
from $18 and $52 for the quarter and nine months ended November 3, 2007, due to declining variable
interest rates, partially offset by higher average borrowings.
Operational and marketing expense increased to $38 and $114 for the quarter and nine months ended
November 1, 2008 compared with $31 and $103 for the quarter and nine months ended November 3, 2007,
primarily due to additional marketing expenses related to an increase in promotional programs in
2008.
Credit division expenses include a bad debt provision. Bad debt expense can be summarized as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Ended |
|
Nine Months Ended |
|
|
November 1, |
|
November 3, |
|
November 1, |
|
November 3, |
|
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
Private label bad debt expense |
|
$ |
15 |
|
|
$ |
10 |
|
|
$ |
33 |
|
|
$ |
26 |
|
VISA on-balance sheet bad debt expense |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
VISA off-balance sheet bad debt expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total bad debt in selling, general and administrative expense |
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transitional charge-offs1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total bad debt expense |
|
$ |
50 |
|
|
$ |
29 |
|
|
$ |
106 |
|
|
$ |
78 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1For the quarter and nine months ended November 3, 2007, the one-time transitional
charge-offs on the co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit card receivables of $8 and $15 are included in
finance charges and other, net, respectively, on our condensed consolidated statement of earnings.
In the above disclosure this amount is included in bad debt expense rather than finance charges and
other income. These charge-offs represent actual write-offs on the Nordstrom VISA credit card
portfolio during the eight-month transitional period.
Bad debt expense increased for the quarter and nine months ended November 1, 2008 compared to the
quarter and nine months ended November 3, 2007, due to increased delinquencies and write-offs
reflecting current consumer credit trends, as well as reserves for higher projected losses inherent
in the current receivable portfolio. Overall, we believe our credit card portfolio remains high quality compared with
the credit card industry as a whole, with super-prime and prime customers making up approximately 90%
of total spending on our credit cards for the quarter and nine months ended November 1, 2008. While we expect our delinquency
and write-off rates to continue to be negatively impacted by the current economic conditions, our rates continue to be some of the
lowest in the credit card industry.
21 of 32
Item 2. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(Continued)(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share and per square foot amounts)
The following table summarizes our accounts receivable and related metrics for the third quarter of
2008 and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third Quarter |
|
|
2008 |
|
2007 |
Average accounts receivable1 |
|
$ |
1,971 |
|
|
$ |
1,704 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed ratio of debt financed |
|
|
80% |
|
|
|
80% |
|
Estimated funding level |
|
|
1,577 |
|
|
|
1,363 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net average accounts receivable investment |
|
$ |
394 |
|
|
$ |
341 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit card (charge) contribution, net of tax, as a percentage of
net average accounts receivable investment2 |
|
|
(10.7%) |
|
|
|
4.7% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net write-offs as a percentage of average receivables3 |
|
|
5.7% |
|
|
|
3.4% |
|
Allowance as a percentage of accounts receivable |
|
|
5.4% |
|
|
|
3.2% |
|
Delinquent balances over 30 days as a percentage of accounts
receivable |
|
|
3.2% |
|
|
|
2.4% |
|
1Based on the quarterly average trade accounts receivable for the quarters ended November 1, 2008 and November 3, 2007
2Based upon annualized third quarter credit card (charge) contribution, net of tax
3Based upon annualized third quarter net write-offs
The net average accounts receivable investment metric represents our best estimate of the amount of
capital funding for our credit card program that is financed by equity. As a means of assigning
comparable cost of capital for our credit card business, we believe it is important to maintain a
capital structure similar to other financial institutions. We estimate the funding for our credit
card receivables by using a mix of 80% debt and 20% equity, and have assigned the credit business
with interest costs commensurate with that amount of debt. Based on our research, we have found
that debt as a percentage of credit card receivables for other credit card companies ranges from
70% to 90%. We believe that debt equal to 80% of our credit card receivables is appropriate given
our overall capital structure goal of targeting adjusted debt to EBITDAR of roughly 2.0 times.
The decline in credit card contribution, net of tax, as a percentage of net average accounts
receivable investment in the third quarter of 2008 was driven primarily by increased bad debt
expense and relatively flat finance charges and other income. While our average accounts receivable
for the quarter ended November 1, 2008 grew approximately 16% when compared with the quarter ended
November 3, 2007, finance charges and other income remained flat due to lower customer finance
charge rates which are indexed to the prime interest rate. Additionally, while bad debt expense
increased, our delinquency and write-off rates were among the lowest compared with other major card
issuers.
The bad debt allowance as a percent of on-balance sheet accounts receivable increased for the third
quarter of 2008 compared to the third quarter of 2007, reflecting higher projected losses inherent
in the current receivable portfolio. Additionally, beginning in the second quarter of 2007, the
majority of our Nordstrom co-branded VISA credit card receivables were recorded at fair value on
our balance sheet. However, the related allowance for these receivables was built up over the
following eight months, consistent with the expected repayment patterns for these accounts.
Key growth metrics for the Credit business include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Growth Rates |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Credit volume1
|
|
|
9.3 |
% |
|
|
18.3 |
% |
Accounts receivable (combined portfolios) 2
|
|
|
15.1 |
% |
|
|
17.5 |
% |
Total finance charges and other income1
|
|
|
0.8 |
% |
|
|
19.7 |
% |
1For the nine months ended November 1, 2008 and November 3, 2007 versus the corresponding period in the prior year.
2As of November 1, 2008 and November 3, 2007 versus the corresponding quarter end for the prior year.
Growth in the volume and amount of credit transactions typically results in related growth in
credit card receivables and, in turn, growth in finance charges and other income. Given the
variable nature of rates charged to our customers, finance charges and other income have been
adversely affected by a 3.01% reduction in the average prime rate from 8.16% for the nine months
ended November 3, 2007 to 5.15% for the nine months ended November 1, 2008.
During the fourth quarter of 2008, we expect finance charges and other income to improve as a
result of changes to our annual percentage rate terms which were effective beginning November 15,
2008.
22 of 32
Item 2. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(Continued)(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share and per square foot amounts)
Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) (Non-GAAP financial measure)
We define Return on Invested Capital as follows:
|
|
|
ROIC =
|
|
Net Operating Profit after Taxes (NOPAT) |
|
|
|
Average Invested Capital |
|
|
|
Numerator = NOPAT
|
|
Denominator = Average Invested Capital |
|
|
|
Net Earnings
|
|
Average total assets |
+ Income tax expense
|
|
- Average non-interest-bearing current liabilities |
+ Interest expense, net
|
|
- Average deferred property incentives |
|
|
|
= EBIT
|
|
+ Average estimated asset base of capitalized operating
leases |
|
|
|
+ Rent expense
|
|
= Average invested capital |
|
|
|
- Estimated depreciation on capitalized operating
leases |
|
|
|
|
|
= Net operating profit |
|
|
- Estimated income tax expense |
|
|
|
|
|
= NOPAT |
|
|
|
|
|
We believe that ROIC is a useful financial measure for investors in evaluating our operating
performance for the periods presented. When read in conjunction with our net earnings and total
assets and compared to return on assets, it provides investors with a useful tool to evaluate our
ongoing operations and our management of assets from period to period. In the past three years, we
have incorporated ROIC into our key financial metrics, and since 2005 have used it as an executive
incentive measure. Overall performance as measured by ROIC correlates directly to shareholders
return over the long term. For the 12 fiscal months ended November 1, 2008, our ROIC decreased to
15.1% compared to 20.7% for the 12 months ended November 3, 2007. ROIC is not a measure of
financial performance under United States GAAP and should not be considered a substitute for return
on assets, net earnings or total assets as determined in accordance with GAAP and may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. See our ROIC reconciliation to
GAAP below. The closest GAAP measure is return on assets, which decreased to 9.5% from 14.0% for
the 12 months ended November 1, 2008 compared to the 12 months ended November 3, 2007.
Reconciliation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 months ended |
|
|
November 1, 2008 |
|
November 3, 2007 |
Net earnings |
|
$ |
545 |
|
|
$ |
735 |
|
Add: income tax expense |
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
462 |
|
Add: interest expense, net |
|
|
128 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before interest and income taxes |
|
|
1,007 |
|
|
|
1,249 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add: rent expense |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
Less: estimated depreciation on capitalized operating leases1 |
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating profit |
|
|
1,024 |
|
|
|
1,273 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated income tax expense |
|
|
(386 |
) |
|
|
(492 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating profit after tax |
|
$ |
638 |
|
|
$ |
781 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average total assets2 |
|
$ |
5,724 |
|
|
$ |
5,248 |
|
Less: average non-interest-bearing current liabilities3 |
|
|
(1,467 |
) |
|
|
(1,507 |
) |
Less: average deferred property incentives2 |
|
|
(382 |
) |
|
|
(358 |
) |
Add: average estimated asset base of capitalized operating leases4 |
|
|
344 |
|
|
|
392 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average invested capital |
|
$ |
4,219 |
|
|
$ |
3,775 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on Assets |
|
|
9.5 |
% |
|
|
14.0 |
% |
ROIC |
|
|
15.1 |
% |
|
|
20.7 |
% |
1Depreciation based upon estimated asset base of capitalized operating leases as described in note 4 below.
2Based upon the trailing 12-month average.
3Based upon the trailing 12-month average for accounts payable, accrued salaries, wages and related benefits, and other current liabilities.
4Based upon the trailing 12-month average of the monthly asset base which is calculated as the trailing 12 months rent expense multiplied by 8.
Our ROIC decreased primarily due to a decrease in our earnings before interest and income taxes
compared to the prior year as well as an increase in our average invested capital. The increase in
average invested capital compared to the prior year is primarily due to the securitization
transaction on May 1, 2007, which brought the entire portfolio of co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit
card receivables on-balance sheet as of that date.
23 of 32
Item 2. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(Continued)(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share and per square foot amounts)
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The third quarter is typically our peak seasonal borrowing period and as of November 1, 2008 we had
cash of $68 and short-term borrowings of $252, compared with cash of $108 and short-term borrowings
of $592 as of November 3, 2007. Despite the recent strain in the credit markets, after the end of
the quarter we increased our short-term borrowing capacity by $150 to expand our overall sources of
liquidity.
Overall for the first nine months of 2008, cash and cash equivalents decreased by $290, primarily
due to capital expenditures, share repurchases, and changes in accounts receivable originated at
third parties, partially offset by cash provided by operating activities. In the prior year, cash
and cash equivalents decreased $295 due to share repurchases, bringing the Nordstrom private label
card and co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit card receivables into one on-balance sheet securitization
program and capital expenditures, partially offset by $1,436 of short and long-term borrowings, net
of repayments, and $216 of proceeds from the sale of Façonnable.
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $454 for the nine months ended November 1, 2008,
compared to net cash used in operating activities of $153 in the same period last year. In the
prior year, cash used in operating activities was primarily due to the increase in accounts
receivable as a result of the new on-balance sheet co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit card
receivables, partially offset by the elimination of investment in asset backed securities.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities for the nine months ended November 1, 2008 increased by $379
to $608 compared to the same period in 2007, primarily due to proceeds related to the sale of our
Façonnable business of $216 in the prior year, as well as an increase in capital expenditures
resulting from the timing of our new store openings and remodels. We opened seven full-line stores,
relocated one full-line store, and opened four Rack stores in the first three quarters of 2008,
compared to opening three full-line stores and one Rack store for the same period last year. We
have also opened one full-line store at Waterside Shops in Naples, Fla., and two Racks at Liberty
Tree Mall in Danvers, Mass., and The Rim in San Antonio, Tex., in the fourth quarter of 2008.
Additionally, we experienced growth in our co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit card receivables
related to purchases made by our customers for other than Nordstrom merchandise and services.
During the nine months ended November 1, 2008, our customers used $171 for third party purchases
using our co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit cards, compared to $102 in the same period last year.
The co-branded Nordstrom VISA credit cards enable our customers to purchase at merchants outside of
Nordstrom and accumulate points for our Nordstrom Fashion Rewards program. Through the Fashion
RewardsTM program, customers may accumulate points which, upon reaching a cumulative
purchase threshold, result in Nordstrom Notes®, which can be redeemed for goods or
services in our stores. Participation in the Fashion Rewards program has resulted in beneficial
shifts in customer spending patterns and incremental sales.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was $136 for the nine months ended November 1, 2008, compared
to net cash provided by financing activities of $87 for the same period in 2007. In 2008, cash
outflows for dividends and share repurchases were partially offset by proceeds from $150 of
borrowings on our variable funding facility and $102 in commercial paper issuances. In 2007, cash
inflows from the $850 in Notes issued during the securitization transaction, $200 in borrowings,
net of repayments, from our variable funding facility and $392 in commercial paper issuances were
partially offset by share repurchases. Of the $392 in commercial paper issuances in the prior year,
we reclassified $301 to long-term debt, which was repaid by the proceeds of our December 2007 debt
issuance. The remaining $91 of the commercial paper recorded in short-term debt was repaid using
operating cash flows.
Our reported results include $264 in share repurchases. In the first nine months of 2008, we
repurchased 6.9 shares of our common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $238, at an average
price per share of $34.29. In addition, our results for the period include the settlement of $26 in
repurchases initiated in the fourth quarter of 2007. In August 2007, our Board of Directors
authorized a $1,500 share repurchase program and in November 2007 authorized an additional $1,000
for share repurchases bringing the total program to $2,500. Although the program will not expire
until August 2009, we suspended our share repurchase program in September 2008. We may resume the
program in the future if economic conditions improve. As of November 1, 2008, we had $1,126 in
remaining capacity under our share repurchase program. The actual amount and timing of future share
repurchases will be subject to market conditions and applicable Securities and Exchange Commission
rules.
24 of 32
Item 2. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(Continued)(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share and per square foot amounts)
Contractual Obligations
Our contractual obligations due in less than one year increased by our required principal payments
on notes outstanding under our variable funding facility of $150 if this facility is not renewed in
November 2009. There were no other material changes in our contractual obligations as specified in
Item 303(a)(5) of Regulation S-K during the nine months ended November 1, 2008. For additional
information regarding our contractual obligations as of February 2, 2008, see Managements
Discussion and Analysis section of the 2007 Form 10-K.
Liquidity
We maintain a level of liquidity to allow us to cover our seasonal cash needs. We believe that our
operating cash flows and available credit facilities are sufficient to finance our cash
requirements for the next 12 months.
As of November 1, 2008, we had total short-term borrowing capacity available for general corporate
purposes of $800. Of this total, we had $650 under our commercial paper program, which is backed by
our unsecured line of credit. As of November 1, 2008 and November 3, 2007, we had $102 and $392,
respectively, in outstanding issuances of commercial paper. As of November 1, 2008 and November 3,
2007, we had no outstanding borrowings under our line of credit. The remaining $150 in short-term
capacity as of November 1, 2008 was available under a Variable Funding Note facility (2007-A
VFN). As of November 1, 2008, we had $150 outstanding issuances against this facility, which is
classified in the current portion of long-term debt on our consolidated balance sheet.
Subsequent to the end of our third quarter, we increased the capacity on our 2007-A VFN to $300,
which increased our total short-term borrowing capacity to $950. See Note 12: Subsequent Event for
additional details in the Notes to our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.
In the second quarter of 2008, we adjusted the mix of our $800 short-term borrowing capacity, by
exercising the $150 accordion feature on our existing revolving credit facility and reducing our
2007-A VFN from $300 to $150. The accordion feature allowed us to increase our existing $500
unsecured line of credit to $650. In conjunction with the increase of our unsecured line of credit,
we also increased our $500 commercial paper program to $650.
Our short-term borrowing facilities include restrictive covenants. The line of credit expires in
November 2010 and requires that we maintain a leverage ratio of approximately four times adjusted
debt to earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and rent (EBITDAR).
The 2007-A VFN matures in November 2009 and can be cancelled if our debt ratings fall below
Standard and Poors BB+ rating or Moodys Ba1 rating. As of December 8, 2008, our rating by
Standard and Poors was A-, four grades above BB+, and by Moodys was Baa1, three grades above
Ba1.
Our wholly owned federal savings bank, Nordstrom fsb, also maintains a variable funding facility
with a short-term credit capacity of $100. This facility is available, if needed, to provide
liquidity support to Nordstrom fsb. As of November 1, 2008 and November 3, 2007, Nordstrom fsb had
no outstanding borrowings under this facility.
As of November 1, 2008 and November 3, 2007, we had $425 and $209, respectively, classified as
current portion of long-term debt in our condensed consolidated balance sheets. As of November 1,
2008, this balance was primarily comprised of $250 related to our senior notes due in January 2009,
as well as the $150 in outstanding issuances against our 2007-A VFN. As of November 3, 2007,
current portion of long-term debt consisted primarily of $200 in outstanding issuances against our
2007-A VFN.
Over the long term, we manage our cash and capital structure to maximize shareholder return by
minimizing our cost of capital while maintaining our financial position and flexibility for future
strategic initiatives. We continuously assess our debt and leverage levels, capital expenditure
requirements, principal debt payments, dividend payouts, potential share repurchases and future
investments or acquisitions. We believe our operating cash flows and available credit facilities
will be sufficient to fund future payments and potential long-term initiatives.
25 of 32
Item 2. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(Continued)(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share and per square foot amounts)
Adjusted Debt to EBITDAR (Non-GAAP financial measure)
We define Adjusted Debt to Earnings before Interest, Income Taxes, Depreciation, Amortization and
Rent (EBITDAR) as follows:
|
|
|
Adjusted Debt to
EBITDAR =
|
|
Adjusted Debt |
|
|
|
Earnings before Interest, Income Taxes, Depreciation,
Amortization and Rent (EBITDAR) |
|
|
|
Numerator = Adjusted Debt
|
|
Denominator = EBITDAR |
Debt
|
|
Net Earnings |
+ Rent expense x 8
|
|
+ Income tax expense |
|
|
|
= Adjusted Debt
|
|
+ Interest expense, net |
|
|
|
|
|
+ Depreciation and amortization of buildings and
equipment |
|
|
+ Rent expense |
|
|
|
|
|
= EBITDAR |
|
|
|
Beginning in 2007, we have incorporated Adjusted Debt to EBITDAR into our key financial metrics and
believe that our debt levels are best analyzed using this measure. Our goal is to manage debt
levels at approximately 2.0 times Adjusted Debt to EBITDAR, which we believe will help us maintain
our current credit ratings as well as operate with an efficient capital structure for our size,
growth plans and industry. Our current credit ratings are important to maintaining access to a
variety of short-term and long-term sources of funding, and we rely on these funding sources to
continue to grow our business. We believe a higher target (e.g., 2.5 times), among other factors,
could result in rating agency downgrades. In contrast, we believe a lower target (e.g., 1.5 times)
would result in a higher cost of capital and could negatively impact shareholder returns. As of
November 1, 2008, our Adjusted Debt to EBITDAR was 2.3 compared to 1.6 at the same period in 2007.
The increase was primarily the result of the $988 of notes, net of discount, issued in the fourth
quarter of 2007, as well as a decrease in earnings before interest and income taxes.
Adjusted Debt to EBITDAR is not a measure of financial performance under GAAP and should not be
considered a substitute for debt to net earnings, net earnings or debt as determined in accordance
with GAAP. In addition, Adjusted Debt to EBITDAR does have limitations:
|
|
|
Adjusted Debt is our best estimate of the total company debt we would incur if we had
purchased the property associated with our operating leases. |
|
|
|
|
EBITDAR does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital
expenditures or contractual commitments, including leases, or the cash requirements
necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt. |
|
|
|
|
Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted Debt to EBITDAR differently than
we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. |
To compensate for these limitations, we analyze Adjusted Debt to EBITDAR in conjunction with other
GAAP financial and performance measures impacting liquidity, including operating cash flows,
capital spending and net earnings (see our Adjusted Debt to EBITDAR reconciliation to GAAP
below). The closest GAAP measure is debt to net earnings, which was 5.0 and 2.8 for the third
quarter of 2008 and 2007, respectively.
Reconciliation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008 |
1 |
|
2007 |
1 |
Debt2 |
|
$ |
2,742 |
|
|
$ |
2,091 |
|
Add: rent expense x 83 |
|
|
284 |
|
|
|
398 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted Debt |
|
$ |
3,026 |
|
|
$ |
2,489 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
|
545 |
|
|
|
735 |
|
Add: income tax expense |
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
462 |
|
Add: interest expense, net |
|
|
128 |
|
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings before interest and income taxes |
|
|
1,007 |
|
|
|
1,249 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add: depreciation and amortization of buildings and equipment |
|
|
288 |
|
|
|
281 |
|
Add: rent expense4 |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDAR |
|
$ |
1,331 |
|
|
$ |
1,580 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt to Net Earnings |
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
2.8 |
|
Adjusted Debt to EBITDAR |
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
1The components of
adjusted debt are as of November 1, 2008 and
November 3, 2007, while the components of EBITDAR are
for the 12 months ended November 1, 2008 and
November 3, 2007.
2Debt as of
November 1, 2008 includes $102 of commercial paper and $150 of variable
funding note borrowings outstanding. There were $392 of commercial paper and
$200 of
variable funding note borrowings outstanding as of November 3, 2007.
3The multiple of
eight times rent expense used to calculate adjusted debt is our best estimate
of the debt we would record for our leases which are classified as operating,
if they
had met criteria for a capital lease, or if we had purchased the property.
4The decrease in rent
expense is primarily due to the sale of our Façonnable business in the third quarter of 2007.
26 of 32
Item 2. Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
(Continued)(Dollar and share amounts in millions except per share and per square foot amounts)
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The preparation of our financial statements requires that we make estimates and judgments that
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and other
assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ
from these estimates. Our critical accounting policies and methodologies in 2008 are consistent
with those discussed in our 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K.
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (Revised
2007), Business Combinations (SFAS 141(R)). Under SFAS 141(R), an acquiring entity will be
required to recognize all the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a transaction at the
acquisition-date fair value with limited exceptions. SFAS 141(R) will change the accounting
treatment for certain specific acquisition-related items, including expensing acquisition-related
costs as incurred, valuing noncontrolling interests (minority interests) at fair value at the
acquisition date, and expensing restructuring costs associated with an acquired business. SFAS
141(R) also includes a substantial number of new disclosure requirements. SFAS 141(R) is to be
applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after
January 1, 2009. Early adoption is not permitted. Generally, the effect of SFAS 141(R) will depend
on the circumstances of any potential future acquisition.
Also in December 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160,
Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements an amendment of ARB No. 51 (SFAS
160). SFAS 160 establishes new accounting and reporting standards for a noncontrolling interest
(minority interest) in a subsidiary, provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of the
deconsolidation of a subsidiary, and increases transparency through expanded disclosures.
Specifically, SFAS 160 requires the recognition of a minority interest as equity in the
consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent companys equity. It also requires
consolidated net earnings in the consolidated statement of earnings to include the amount of net
earnings attributable to minority interest. This statement will be effective for Nordstrom as of
the beginning of fiscal year 2009. Early adoption is not permitted. We are presently evaluating
the impact of the adoption of SFAS 160 and believe there will be no material impact on our
consolidated financial statements.
In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-2, (FSP FAS 157-2), which
delayed the effective date of SFAS 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities,
except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a
recurring basis (at least annually), to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. We are
presently evaluating the impact of the adoption of SFAS 157 for our nonfinancial assets and
nonfinancial liabilities and do not believe it will have a material effect on our consolidated
financial statements.
In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, Disclosures
About Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 (SFAS
161). SFAS 161 expands the disclosure requirements in SFAS 133 about an entitys derivative
instruments and hedging activities. This statement will be effective for Nordstrom as of the
beginning of fiscal year 2009. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of SFAS 161.
27 of 32
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We discussed our interest rate risk and our foreign currency exchange risk in Part 1, Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended February 2, 2008. There has been no material change to these risks since that
time.
Item 4. Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, the Company performed an
evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our President
and Chief Financial Officer, of the design and effectiveness of our disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the Securities and Exchange Act of
1934 (the Exchange Act)). Based upon that evaluation, our President and Chief Financial Officer
concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report, our disclosure
controls and procedures were effective in the timely and accurate recording, processing,
summarizing and reporting of material financial and non-financial information within the time
periods specified within the Commissions rules and forms. Our President and Chief Financial
Officer also concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that
information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act
is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our President and Chief Financial
Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules
13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that
has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over
financial reporting.
28 of 32
PART
II - OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1A. Risk Factors
In addition to the other information set forth in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, you should
carefully consider the factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors in our 2007 Annual
Report on Form 10-K. We are updating our risk factors to include the following:
Deterioration of Economic Conditions
The recent unprecedented deterioration in the U.S. and global credit markets and the financial
services industry could negatively impact our business in several ways. For instance, market
turmoil and tightening of credit, as well as the recent and dramatic decline in the housing market
in the United States, has led to a lack of consumer confidence and widespread reduction of business
activity generally, which could significantly negatively impact our revenues. The recent decline in
stock prices has also reduced the availability of funds for customers, vendors and developers that
invested directly or indirectly in the stock market. In addition, some of our vendors or developers
could experience serious cash flow problems due to the credit market crisis. As a result, our
vendors could attempt to increase their prices, pass through increased costs, alter payment terms
or seek other relief. Our vendors or developers may be forced to reduce their product or
production, shut down their operations or file for bankruptcy protection, which in some cases would
make it difficult for us to serve the markets needs and could have a material adverse affect on
our business. In the case of developer delays or bankruptcies, our expected store openings or
remodels could be delayed or cancelled. Additionally, the deterioration of economic conditions
could adversely affect payment patterns and default rates, which could increase our bad debt
expense. We do not expect that the difficult economic conditions are likely to improve
significantly in the near future, and any continuation or worsening of the credit crisis, or even
the fear of such a development, could intensify the adverse effects of these difficult market
conditions.
Availability and Cost of Credit
U.S. and global credit and equity markets have recently undergone significant disruption, making it
difficult for many businesses to obtain financing on acceptable terms or at all. As a result of
this disruption, we have experienced an increase in the costs associated with the borrowings
necessary to operate our business. If these conditions continue or worsen, our cost of borrowing
may further increase and it may be more difficult to obtain financing for our operations or to
refinance long-term obligations as they come due in the ordinary course. In addition, our borrowing
costs can be affected by short and long-term debt ratings assigned by independent rating agencies
which are based, in significant part, on the Companys performance as measured by credit metrics
such as interest coverage and leverage ratios. A decrease in these ratings would likely also
increase our cost of borrowing and make it more difficult for us to obtain financing. A significant
increase in the costs we incur in order to finance our operations may have a material adverse
impact on our business results and financial condition.
There have been no other material changes in our risk factors from those disclosed in our 2007
Annual Report on Form 10-K.
29 of 32
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
(c) Repurchases
(Dollar and share amounts in millions, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number of |
|
|
Maximum Number (or |
|
|
|
Total Number |
|
|
Average |
|
|
Shares (or Units) |
|
|
Approximate Dollar Value) |
|
|
|
of Shares |
|
|
Price Paid |
|
|
Purchased as Part of |
|
|
of Shares (or Units) that May |
|
|
|
(or Units |
|
|
Per Share |
|
|
Publicly Announced |
|
|
Yet Be Purchased Under |
|
|
|
Purchased) |
|
|
(or Unit) |
|
|
Plans or Programs |
|
|
the Plans or Programs1 |
|
|
|
|
August 2008
(August 3, 2008 to
August 30, 2008) |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
$ |
29.57 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
$ |
1,144 |
|
|
|
|
|
September 2008
(August 31, 2008 to
October 4, 2008) |
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
$ |
31.33 |
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
$ |
1,126 |
|
|
|
|
|
October 2008
(October 5, 2008 to
November 1, 2008) |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,126 |
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
$ |
30.82 |
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1In the first nine months of 2008, we repurchased 6.9 shares of our common stock for an
aggregate purchase price of $238 (an average price per share of $34.29). In August 2007, our
Board of Directors authorized a $1,500 share repurchase program and in November 2007
authorized an additional $1,000 for share repurchases bringing the total authorization under
the program to $2,500. Although the program will expire in August 2009, we suspended the
program in September 2008 in light of market conditions. The actual amount and timing of
future share repurchases, if any, will be subject to market conditions and applicable
Securities and Exchange Commission rules.
Item 6. Exhibits
Exhibits are incorporated herein by reference or are filed with this report as set forth in the
Index to Exhibits on page 32 hereof.
30 of 32
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
NORDSTROM, INC.
(Registrant)
/s/ Michael G. Koppel
Michael G. Koppel
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Date: December 9, 2008
31 of 32
NORDSTROM, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Exhibit Index
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
Method of Filing |
|
|
10.1
|
|
Nordstrom 401(k) Plan &
Profit Sharing, amended
and restated on August 27,
2008
|
|
Filed herewith electronically |
|
|
|
|
|
10.2
|
|
Nordstrom, Inc. Employee
Stock Purchase Plan,
amended and restated on
August 27, 2008
|
|
Filed herewith electronically |
|
|
|
|
|
31.1
|
|
Certification of President
required by Section 302(a)
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith electronically |
|
|
|
|
|
31.2
|
|
Certification of Chief
Financial Officer required
by Section 302(a) of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
|
|
Filed herewith electronically |
|
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
Certification of President
and Chief Financial
Officer pursuant to 18
U.S.C. 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002
|
|
Furnished herewith electronically |
32 of 32
exv10w1
Exhibit 10.1
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
(2008 RESTATEMENT)
Includes All Amendments Approved by the Company
since the 2004 Restatement, including:
Amendment 2005-1
Amendment 2005-2
Amendment 2007-1
Lane Powell PC
601 SW Second Avenue, Suite 2100
Portland, Oregon 97204-1383
Telephone: (503) 7782100
Facsimile: (503) 778-2200
Exhibit 10.1
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE I. NAME AND PURPOSE OF PLAN |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.1 Name and Purpose of Plan |
|
|
1 |
|
1.2 Effective Date |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II. DEFINITIONS |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 Administrator |
|
|
2 |
|
2.2 Anniversary Date |
|
|
2 |
|
2.3 Break in Vesting Service |
|
|
2 |
|
2.4 Code |
|
|
2 |
|
2.5 Company |
|
|
2 |
|
2.6 Compensation |
|
|
2 |
|
2.7 Disability |
|
|
3 |
|
2.8 Eligible Employee |
|
|
4 |
|
2.9 Employee |
|
|
4 |
|
2.10 Employer and Employers |
|
|
4 |
|
2.11 Employment Commencement Date |
|
|
4 |
|
2.12 ERISA |
|
|
5 |
|
2.13 Highly Compensated Employee and Non-Highly Compensated Employee |
|
|
5 |
|
2.14 Hour of Service |
|
|
6 |
|
2.15 Leased Employee |
|
|
7 |
|
2.16 Named Fiduciary |
|
|
7 |
|
2.17 Participant |
|
|
7 |
|
2.18 Payroll Year |
|
|
7 |
|
2.19 Permanent Break in Eligibility Service |
|
|
7 |
|
2.20 Plan |
|
|
7 |
|
2.21 Plan Year |
|
|
7 |
|
2.22 Retirement |
|
|
8 |
|
2.23 Retirement Committee |
|
|
8 |
|
2.24 Severance from Employment Date |
|
|
8 |
|
2.25 Taxable Year |
|
|
8 |
|
2.26 Trustee |
|
|
8 |
|
2.27 Trust Fund |
|
|
8 |
|
2.28 Valuation Date |
|
|
8 |
|
2.29 Year of Service |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 Plan Administrator |
|
|
8 |
|
3.2 Enumerated Administrative Powers |
|
|
9 |
|
3.3 Administrative Records |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
3.4 Employer Records |
|
|
10 |
|
3.5 Duties of Participant |
|
|
10 |
|
3.6 Administrator Expenses |
|
|
10 |
|
3.7 Individuals Indemnified |
|
|
10 |
|
3.8 Administrator Continues Until Trust Exhausted |
|
|
10 |
|
3.9 Plan Expenses |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV. ELIGIBILITY OF EMPLOYEES TO PARTICIPATE |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 Initial Participation |
|
|
11 |
|
4.2 Break in Eligibility ServiceReemployment After Break |
|
|
12 |
|
4.3 Information from Employer |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V. CONTRIBUTIONS |
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.1 Employer Profit Sharing Contribution |
|
|
13 |
|
5.2 Elective Deferral Contributions |
|
|
15 |
|
5.3 Designated Roth Contributions |
|
|
17 |
|
5.4 Employer Matching Contributions |
|
|
18 |
|
5.5 Time of Payment of Contributions |
|
|
19 |
|
5.6 Plan Qualification |
|
|
19 |
|
5.7 Return of Mistaken and Nondeductible Contributions |
|
|
19 |
|
5.8 Military Leave Obligations |
|
|
20 |
|
5.9 Rollover Contributions |
|
|
21 |
|
5.10 Qualified Non-Elective Contributions |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI. ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND VALUATION OF TRUST FUND |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.1 Allocation of Contributions and Forfeitures |
|
|
24 |
|
6.2 Valuation and Allocation of Trust Fund |
|
|
24 |
|
6.3 Investment of Contributions |
|
|
24 |
|
6.4 Allocation Does Not Vest Rights |
|
|
25 |
|
6.5 Forfeiture Suspense Account |
|
|
25 |
|
6.6 Limitation on Annual Additions |
|
|
25 |
|
6.7 Allocation of Excess Additions |
|
|
26 |
|
6.8 Contribution Limits for Highly Compensated Employees |
|
|
27 |
|
6.9 Correcting Excess Contributions |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE
VII. INVESTMENT IN INSURANCE CONTRACTS |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.1 Purchase of Insurance |
|
|
30 |
|
7.2 Trustee Shall Own the Policy |
|
|
31 |
|
7.3 Premiums, etc. |
|
|
31 |
|
7.4 Proceeds and Benefits of Policy |
|
|
31 |
|
7.5 Disposition of Policy |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII. VESTING OF BENEFITS |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.1 Vested Interest |
|
|
33 |
|
8.2 Forfeiture of Benefits for Certain Causes |
|
|
34 |
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
8.3 Forfeiture of Nonvested Portion of Account |
|
|
35 |
|
8.4 Reinstatement of Nonvested Portion of Account |
|
|
35 |
|
8.5 Service After Severance from Employment |
|
|
36 |
|
8.6 Forfeiture Reallocation |
|
|
37 |
|
8.7 Maternity/Paternity/Family Absences |
|
|
37 |
|
8.8 Special Vesting on Store or Facility Closure |
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX. ELIGIBILITY TO RECEIVE BENEFITS |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.1 Normal Retirement Benefits |
|
|
38 |
|
9.2 Disability Benefits |
|
|
38 |
|
9.3 Death Benefits |
|
|
39 |
|
9.4 Benefits on Severance from Employment |
|
|
40 |
|
9.5 Accelerated Benefit Option |
|
|
40 |
|
9.6 In-Service Withdrawals |
|
|
40 |
|
9.7 Hardship Withdrawals |
|
|
40 |
|
9.8 Restriction on Distributions of Elective Deferrals |
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X. METHOD OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS |
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.1 Distribution of Benefits |
|
|
43 |
|
10.2 Valuation of Account |
|
|
44 |
|
10.3 Time of Distribution |
|
|
44 |
|
10.4 Form of Payment |
|
|
45 |
|
10.5 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders |
|
|
46 |
|
10.6 Partial Withdrawals |
|
|
46 |
|
10.7 Rollovers |
|
|
46 |
|
10.8 Administration of Unclaimed Benefits |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI. MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.1 General Rules |
|
|
48 |
|
11.2 Time and Manner of Distribution |
|
|
49 |
|
11.3 Required Minimum Distributions During Participants Lifetime |
|
|
50 |
|
11.4 Required Minimum Distributions After Participants Death |
|
|
50 |
|
11.5 Definitions |
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XII. TOP HEAVY PLANS |
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.1 Effective Date |
|
|
53 |
|
12.2 Effect of Top Heavy Plan Status |
|
|
53 |
|
12.3 Determination of Top Heavy Status |
|
|
53 |
|
12.4 Minimum Employer Contributions to Top Heavy Plans |
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIII. PARTIES RESPONSIBLE FOR IMPLEMENTING THE PLAN |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.1 Plan Sponsor |
|
|
58 |
|
13.2 Plan Fiduciaries |
|
|
61 |
|
13.3 Plan Committees |
|
|
62 |
|
13.4 Limitation of Individual Liability |
|
|
63 |
|
iii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE XIV. SPENDTHRIFT PROVISIONS |
|
|
63 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.1 Prohibition Against Assignment |
|
|
63 |
|
14.2 Effect of Assignment |
|
|
64 |
|
14.3 QDRO Exception |
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XV. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN |
|
|
64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.1 Future of the Plan |
|
|
64 |
|
15.2 Company Right to Amend the Plan |
|
|
64 |
|
15.3 Company Right To Terminate the Plan |
|
|
65 |
|
15.4 Partial Termination |
|
|
66 |
|
15.5 Procedure for Plan Amendment or Termination |
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XVI. CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURE |
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.1 Claims for Benefits and Inquiries |
|
|
67 |
|
16.2 Denial of Claims |
|
|
67 |
|
16.3 Review of Denied Claims |
|
|
67 |
|
16.4 Decision on Review |
|
|
68 |
|
16.5 Rules and Procedures on Review |
|
|
68 |
|
16.6 Exhaustion of Remedies |
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XVII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS |
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
17.1 No Right of Continued Employment |
|
|
69 |
|
17.2 Discretion |
|
|
69 |
|
17.3 Separability |
|
|
69 |
|
17.4 Participant and Others Bound by Plan |
|
|
69 |
|
17.5 Applicable Law |
|
|
69 |
|
17.6 Text Controls |
|
|
69 |
|
17.7 Effective Date |
|
|
69 |
|
17.8 Expenses |
|
|
69 |
|
17.9 Plan Document is Controlling |
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XVIII. LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS |
|
|
70 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.1 Loans to Participants |
|
|
70 |
|
iv
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, certain of the Employers, and their predecessors, entered into a Profit Sharing Plan
(Plan) and Trust Agreement on December 31, 1952; and
WHEREAS, the parties in 1988 amended and restated the Plan and Trust Agreement to adopt
separate provisions regarding § 401(k) of the Code in a document referred to as the Nordstrom
Employee Deferral Retirement Plan, which was subsequently renamed the Nordstrom 401(k) Plan
(401(k) Plan); and
WHEREAS, the parties in 2003 amended and restated the Plan and Trust Agreement to incorporate
the terms of the 401(k) Plan into the Plan to avoid redundancies in maintaining separate plan
documents; and
WHEREAS, the parties have amended and restated the Plan in 1993, 1995, 1998, 2000, 2003, and
2004; and
WHEREAS, in 2004, the Company changed the Plans name to the Nordstrom 401(k) Plan & Profit
Sharing to emphasize the importance employees should place on taking initiative for their own
retirement savings; and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend and restate this Plan to incorporate amendments adopted
since the 2004 restatement, certain substantive provisions reflecting changes in Plan design,
changes in legal rules governing the Plan, and other administrative modifications reflecting
changes in the Plans operation;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company does hereby adopt the Nordstrom 401(k) Plan & Profit Sharing as
amended and restated herein.
ARTICLE I. NAME AND PURPOSE OF PLAN
1.1 Name and Purpose of Plan. Since January 1, 2004, this Plan has been known as the
Nordstrom 401(k) Plan & Profit Sharing. The Plan is maintained for the exclusive benefit of the
Employees of Employers who have adopted the Plan. The terms of the Plan are intended to comply
with § 401(a) of the Code and Treasury Department regulations promulgated in connection therewith,
in order that the Trust or Trusts, funded by this Plan may continue to qualify as tax exempt Trusts
pursuant to §§ 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
1
1.2 Effective Date.
1.2-1 2008 Restatement. Unless another effective date is specified herein or in a
prior Plan amendment, this 2008 Restatement is effective January 1, 2008, and shall govern rights
with respect to employment with the Employers on and after January 1, 2008. Rights and benefits
with respect to employment prior to 2008 shall be governed by the prior version of the Plan as
amended and in effect at the time of reference, unless otherwise specifically provided herein.
1.2-2 Retroactive Effective Date. Provisions herein that are needed to comply with
the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001, the Pension Protection Act of 2006,
and subsequent legislation and regulations shall be effective retroactively as of the earliest
compliance date required by law. Unless otherwise indicated, such retroactivity shall not change
the effective date or amount of any Employer contribution made under Article V or other benefit
provisions implemented for reasons other than compliance with the law and regulations.
ARTICLE II. DEFINITIONS
When used herein, the following words shall have the following meanings unless the context
clearly indicates otherwise:
2.1 Administrator means the Company.
2.2 Anniversary Date means December 31st of each year.
2.3 Break in Vesting Service means a Payroll Year in which the Participant has failed
to complete more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service.
2.4 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
2.5 Company means Nordstrom, Inc.
2.6 Compensation means that portion of compensation received from an Employer that is
described in this Section 2.6 and that appears on an Employees IRS Form W-2 as taxable wages for
the Payroll Year ending with any Plan Year. Compensation includes all monies paid to an Employee
for services rendered in the form of salary and wages, including bonuses and commissions, and those
amounts which are part of the Employees basic compensation scheme and paid regularly in accordance
with any agreed formula.
2.6-1 Items Specifically Included. Except as specifically provided herein,
Compensation shall include Employer contributions made pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
which are not includible in the gross income of an Employee under Code §§ 125 or 402(g)(3). For
Plan Years commencing on and after January 1, 1998, Compensation shall also include Employees
pre-tax contributions for qualified transportation fringe benefits under Code § 132(f)(4).
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
2
2.6-2 Items Specifically Excluded. Except as specifically provided herein, the term
Compensation shall not include any amounts paid outside of the regularly occurring payment for
services (as described above) including, but not limited to, any reimbursements or other expense
allowances, employee awards, taxable fringe benefits (and non-taxable fringe benefits not described
in 2.6-1), moving expenses, severance pay, disability pay under the employers separately written
disability program, amounts received as stock or under any stock-based compensation program (such
as stock awards, option gains or performance share units) and their equivalent cash value, amounts
cashed out after severance of employment for accrued but unused paid-time off, and other deferred
compensation and welfare benefits.
2.6-3 Timing of Payment. Amounts paid after severance of employment will be included
in Compensation provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied:
(a) the amount would qualify as Compensation under this Plan if paid before employment ended;
(b) for compensation other than bonuses, the amount is paid by the later of (1) two and
one-half months after the Employees severance of employment, or (2) the last day of the Plan Year
in which the Employee severs employment;
(c) for bonuses, the amount is paid by the last day of the Plan Year in which the Employee
severs employment;
(d) the payment represents compensation for services actually performed by the Employee; and
(e) the payment would have been made to the Employee prior to severance of employment if the
Employee had continued in employment with the Employer.
2.6-4 Yearly Maximum. The annual Compensation of each Participant to be taken into
account under the Plan for any year shall not exceed the maximum compensation limit in effect under
Code § 401(a)(17) as adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury at the same time and in the same
manner as under Code § 415(d). For the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2008, the limit is $230,000.
2.6-5 Compensation for Testing Purposes. For purposes of the nondiscrimination tests
under Code Sections 401(a)(4), 401(k) and (m), the Administrator may use any definition of
compensation permitted by Code Section 414(s) in lieu of the definition in this 2.6. Also, if an
Employee is a common-law employee of two or more corporations (or other business entities) that
must be treated as a single employer under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o), the term
Compensation for testing purposes includes compensation from all such corporations and business
entities, regardless of whether the corporation or other business entity has a qualified plan.
2.7 Disability means inability on the part of the Participant to engage in any
substantial gainful activity on behalf of an Employer by reason of any medically determinable
physical or
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
3
mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected
to last for a continuous period of not less than eighteen (18) months as certified by a physician
who is mutually acceptable to the Participant and the Retirement Committee.
2.8 Eligible Employee means each Employee except the following:
2.8-1 An Employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement that does not provide for
participation in the Plan.
2.8-2 A Leased Employee treated as an employee for pension purposes solely because of Code
Section 414(n).
2.8-3 An individual classified by the Employer as either an independent contractor or employee
of a nonaffiliated entity rather than as a common law employee of the Employer, regardless of
whether such individual is later determined by a court or a governmental administrative agency to
be a common law employee of an Employer.
2.8-4 Non-resident aliens who receive no earned income from sources within the United States.
2.8-5 An Employee who, prior to his or her earliest participation date under 4.1, makes a
one-time irrevocable election not to participate in the Plan, in accordance with procedures
established by the Administrator. An Employee is not eligible to receive anything of value from
any Employer, from the Administrator, or from any other person associated with the Employer or the
Plan in consideration of the Employees election not to participate in the Plan.
2.8-6 An individual who is not paid through Nordstrom payroll and who does not receive a Form
W-2 from Nordstrom, regardless of whether such individual is later determined by a court or a
governmental administrative agency to be a common law employee of an Employer.
Notwithstanding the above, 2.8-2, 2.8-3, 2.8-5, and 2.8-6 are not intended to exclude such
individuals from consideration for the purposes of coverage testing under Code Section § 410(b),
and, to the extent required, non-discrimination testing under Code Sections 401(a), 401(k) and
401(m) even though they are not eligible to participate in the Plan.
2.9 Employee means, for purposes of this Plan any person employed as a common-law
employee by an Employer or by any other employer required to be aggregated with an Employer under
Code §§ 414(b), (c), (m) or (o).
2.10 Employer and Employers mean the Company and any other entity required to be
aggregated with an Employer under Code §§ 414(b), (c), (m) or (o), provided the Company has
authorized and such entity has specifically acted to adopt this Plan.
2.11 Employment Commencement Date means the first day on which an Employee performs an
Hour of Service for the Employer.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
4
2.12 ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
2.13 Highly Compensated Employee and Non-Highly Compensated Employee
2.13-1 Highly Compensated Employee. Highly Compensated Employee is defined in
section 414(q) of the Code and related Treasury Regulations. In determining which Employees are
Highly Compensated Employees, the following shall apply:
(a) Subject to (b) through (d) below, Highly Compensated Employees for a Plan Year are persons
who perform services for an Employer during the Plan Year or the preceding Plan Year and are one or
more of the following:
(1) An owner of greater than 5 percent of an Employer (a 5-percent owner) during either the
current or the preceding Plan Year. For this purpose, a 5-percent owner is defined as any person
who owns (or is considered as owning by applying the constructive ownership rules of Code § 318)
more than 5 percent of the outstanding stock of the corporation or stock possessing more than 5
percent of the total combined voting power of all stock of the corporation.
(2) An Employee receiving Compensation from the Employer over $80,000 for the preceding Plan
Year who is among the highest paid 20 percent of Employees of the Employer during the preceding
Plan Year, aggregating Employees of all Employers and excluding Employees to the extent provided by
applicable Regulations.
(b) The dollar amount in (a)(2) above shall be adjusted in accordance with Treasury
Regulations for changes in cost of living. For the Plan Year commencing January 1, 2008, the
Commissioner of Internal Revenue has adjusted this dollar amount to $100,000. When determining
whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee in a Plan Year, the (a)(2) dollar amount in
effect for the preceding Plan Year is determinative.
(c) Former Employees shall be taken into account in accordance with applicable Regulations. A
former Employee shall be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee if:
(1) such Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee when such employee severed employment; or
(2) such employee was a Highly Compensated Employee at any time after attaining age fifty-five
(55).
(d) Compensation for purposes of this Section 2.13 shall mean Compensation under 2.6-5.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
5
2.13-2 Non-Highly Compensated Employee. Non-Highly Compensated Employee means any
Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.
2.14 Hour of Service means:
2.14-1 Paid for Work. Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer during the applicable computation period.
2.14-2 Paid Nonwork Time. Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to
payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed
(irrespective of whether the Employees employment has severed) due to vacation, holiday, illness,
incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,
(a) No more than five hundred one (501) Hours of Service are to be credited under this
paragraph to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee
performs no duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period);
(b) An hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on
account of a period during which no duties are performed, is not to be credited to the Employee if
such payment is made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with
applicable workers compensation, or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and
(c) Hours of Service are not to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee
for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the Employee.
For purposes of this paragraph, a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the
Employer regardless of whether such payment is made by or due from the Employer directly, or
indirectly through, among others, a trust fund, or insurer, to which the Employer contributes or
pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions made or due to the trust fund, insurer or
other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees or are on behalf of a group of Employees
in the aggregate.
2.14-3 Back Pay. Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages,
is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service shall not be credited
both under 2.14-1 or 2.14-2, as the case may be, and under this 2.14-3.
2.14-4 Determination Rules. The determination of Hours of Service for reasons other
than the performance of duties, and the crediting of Hours of Service to computation periods, shall
be in accordance with Department of Labor regulations 29 CFR § 2530.200b-2(b) and (c), which is
incorporated by this reference.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
6
2.14-5 Certain Time Lost Due to Hurricanes. Notwithstanding anything in 2.14 to the
contrary, for any Employee whose regular workplace during the period September 1, 2005, through
November 30, 2005, was within 100 miles of either the Houston, Texas or Miami, Florida,
metropolitan areas, such Employees Hours of Service during this September 1, 2005 through November
30, 2005 period shall include any regularly scheduled hours that the Employee was unable to work
due to circumstances related to either Hurricane Rita or Hurricane Wilma, regardless of whether
such hours are paid or unpaid.
2.15 Leased Employee means any person (other than an Employee of an Employer) who
pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and any other person (leasing organization) has
performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and related persons determined in
accordance with § 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at
least one (1) year, and such services are performed under the primary direction and control of the
Employer.
The requirements applicable to Leased Employees shall not apply if: (i) such Leased Employee
is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution
rate of at least ten percent (10%) of compensation, as defined in § 414(n) of the Code;
(2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (ii) Leased Employees do not
constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the Employers Non-Highly Compensated work force.
2.16 Named Fiduciary means the appropriate party, parties or entities appointed or
delegated such named fiduciary functions pursuant to Articles III and XIII.
2.17 Participant means a current or former Eligible Employee who has an account in the
Plan. An active Participant is one whose employment with the Employer continues and who has
completed one thousand (1,000) or more hours in a Payroll Year. An inactive Participant is one
whose employment has severed but who has not received a complete distribution of his or her account
or one who has completed more than five hundred (500) but less than one thousand (1,000) hours in a
Payroll Year.
2.18 Payroll Year means the period of fifty-two (52) consecutive weeks for which an
Employees IRS Form W-2 compensation is calculated. The Plans Limitation Year shall be the Payroll
Year.
2.19 Permanent Break in Eligibility Service means the sixty (60) month period during
which an Employee has no Hours of Service, as measured from the date of the Employees most recent
Severance from Employment Date.
2.20 Plan means the Nordstrom 401(k) Plan & Profit Sharing set forth in this document
and all subsequent amendments thereto.
2.21 Plan Year means the 12-month period commencing on January 1 and ending on
December 31.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
7
2.22 Retirement means a Participants severance from employment after the Normal
Retirement Date as defined in 9.1.
2.23 Retirement Committee means the Nordstrom Profit Sharing Retirement Committee,
established by the Board of Directors of the Company under 13.1-2(e), and charged with those powers
and duties under 13.1-5.
2.24 Severance from Employment Date means the earlier of (a) the date an Employee
quits, retires, is discharged, or dies, whichever occurs first, or (b) the first anniversary of the
first date that the Employee is continually absent from work for any other reason (except where
such absence is attributable to a Company-approved leave of absence).
2.25 Taxable Year means the twelve (12) month period adopted by the Company for its
tax purposes. Currently, the Companys Taxable Year ends on the Saturday closest to each January
31.
2.26 Trustee means the person or persons holding the assets of the Plan pursuant to
the terms of one (1) or more Trust Agreements entered into by the Employer.
2.27 Trust Fund means those funds and assets of the Plan held by the Trustee.
2.28 Valuation Date means any day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for
business and trading.
2.29 Year of Service means a Payroll Year in which an Employee is credited with one
thousand (1,000) or more Hours of Service.
ARTICLE III. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN
3.1 Plan Administrator. The Company as Administrator, in conjunction with the
Retirement Committee, has the general powers and authority to administer provided below in 3.1-1 to
3.1-3:
3.1-1 Complete Administrative Power. The complete power and authority, in its sole
discretion, to implement and delegate all functions necessary or desirable for the proper
administration of the Plan, including but not limited to powers set forth in this Article III.
3.1-2 Actions Binding. Any action taken in good faith in the exercise of authority
conferred by this Plan shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participants and their
beneficiaries.
3.1-3 Discretion is Absolute. All discretionary powers conferred upon the
Administrator and Retirement Committee, as applicable, shall be absolute, provided, however, that
no discretionary power shall be exercised in a manner that results in discrimination in favor of
Employees who are officers, shareholders or Highly Compensated Employees of an Employer.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
8
3.2 Enumerated Administrative Powers. Without limitation of its general powers under
the Plan, the Company and Retirement Committee, as applicable, shall have the following enumerated
powers:
3.2-1 Control Administration. Full power and authority to control and manage the
operation and administration of the Plan.
3.2-2 Plan Interpretation. To construe and apply all Plan and Trust provisions,
including the specific power and authority to interpret the Plan and Trust, to remedy or resolve
ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions and to decide any questions about the rights of
Participants and their beneficiaries.
3.2-3 Benefit Eligibility. To decide all questions relating to an individuals status
as an Employee, the eligibility of Employees to become Participants, the amount of service of any
Employee or Participant, and the amount of benefits to which any Participant may be entitled by
reason of service prior to or after the effective date hereof.
3.2-4 Benefit Payment. To approve the payment of all benefits as they become payable
under the Plan and to pursue the recovery of any payment made which exceeds the amount to which an
individual is entitled to receive under the terms of the Plan.
3.2-5 Service Providers. To engage such professional consultants, assistants and
service providers as the Administrator, in its discretion, deems advisable, necessary or
appropriate, including (but not limited to) accountants, actuaries, consultants, legal counsel,
medical practitioners and clerical assistants to perform services with regard to any of its
responsibilities under the Plan, and to rely on opinions and advice given by any such third party.
3.2-6 Records. To ensure that all records necessary for proper operation of the Plan
are kept.
3.2-7 Reports and Disclosures. To ensure compliance with all reporting, filing and
disclosure requirements imposed on the Plan administrator by ERISA and any other applicable law.
3.2-8 Inspection of Records. During business hours to make available to service
providers and any Participant or beneficiary any records relating to the Plan as required by law,
provided that a Participant or beneficiary shall be entitled to examine only such records as
pertain exclusively to him or her, including (but not limited to) the Plan and Trust Agreement and
all amendments thereto.
3.2-9 Indemnity Bond. To arrange for all bonds required by law, but the amount
thereof need not exceed the minimum requirements imposed by law.
3.2-10 Legal Process. To designate an agent for service of legal process in any suit
or action involving the Plan.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
9
3.2-11 Fees and Expenses. To negotiate and fix the compensation or fees, as the case
may be, of all officers, agents, counsel, the Trustee, or other person retained or employed by the
Administrator or other party designated to carry out administrative duties under the Plan.
3.2-12 Other. To perform or cause to be performed such further acts as it may deem
necessary, appropriate or convenient for the efficient administration of the Plan.
3.3 Administrative Records. Each party having responsibility for any Plan
administration function under the Plan shall keep such records as shall be appropriate for the
orderly and efficient performance of such functions, and shall permit any other party having Plan
administration responsibility to examine any of such records which are appropriate to the latters
functions.
3.4 Employer Records. The records of the Employers shall be conclusive evidence as to
all matters forming the basis for participation in the Plan and for the calculation of benefits
thereunder. Any individual or entity shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate of an officer of
the Company as to any Employees Years of Service, age, Compensation and cause for the severance of
service, and as to any other information pertinent to the calculation or determination of the
Employees interest under the Plan.
3.5 Duties of Participant. The Administrator may require a Participant to furnish to
it such information and instruments or documents as it may deem necessary in the administration of
the Plan. Compliance with such requirements shall be a condition of a Participants receipt of
benefits.
3.6 Administrator Expenses. No Company employee who performs administrative functions
under the Plan shall receive any compensation for such service beyond his or her compensation as an
Employee of the Company, but shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Company for any reasonable
expenses actually and properly incurred in the performance of such duties.
3.7 Individuals Indemnified. The Company hereby indemnifies any Company Employee or
Director who carries out any responsibilities under the Plan, and holds them harmless from the
effects, consequences, expenses, attorney fees and damages arising from their acts or conduct in
such capacity, except to the extent that such consequences are the result of their own willful
misconduct or breach of good faith. Such indemnification shall be in addition to any other rights
each may have as a matter of law, or by reason of any insurance or other indemnification.
3.8 Administrator Continues Until Trust Exhausted. If the Company shall cease to
exist and no successor adopts or continues the Plan, the members of the Retirement Committee at
that time (and their successors) shall remain in office until final termination of the Trust, and
shall assume any and all powers and duties not otherwise previously delegated. The remaining
member or members shall fill any vacancies caused by death, resignation, disability or other cause.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
10
3.9 Plan Expenses.
3.9-1 Expenses Paid by Trust Fund. The following shall be paid by the Trust Fund:
(a) Operating Expenses. All expenses of the Administrator and the Trust, as the case
may be, attributable to the operation of the Plan and Trust, to the extent they constitute
reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and are not paid by the Company under 3.9-2.
(b) Taxes. Any taxes and related interest and penalties assessed against the Trust
Fund.
3.9-2 Payment by Company Without Reimbursement. Except for the reimbursement to the
Company of direct expenses consistent with 17.8, the obligation of the Trust to pay any expenses
charged to the Trust shall cease to exist to the extent such charges are paid by the Company.
3.9-3 Administrator Protest. Payment under 3.9-1 or 3.9-2 may be withheld pending
resolution of any objection by the Administrator.
ARTICLE IV. ELIGIBILITY OF EMPLOYEES TO PARTICIPATE
4.1 Initial Participation.
4.1-1 Profit Sharing Contributions. Eligible Employees with Employment Commencement
Dates on or after January 1, 2004, begin participation for purposes of eligibility to receive an
allocation of Profit Sharing Contributions on the first day of the calendar month coinciding with
or next following the first anniversary of their Employment Commencement Date, if still employed on
that date. In the event an Employee is not still employed on that date but is subsequently rehired
before incurring a Permanent Break in Eligibility Service, the Employee will become a Participant
for purposes of eligibility to receive Profit Sharing Contributions on the first day of the
calendar month coincident with or next following his or her reemployment date, if still employed on
that date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Profit Sharing Contribution participation for Eligible
Employees with Employment Commencement Dates before January 1, 2004, shall continue to be
determined under the 2003 Restatement of this Plan.
4.1-2 Elective Deferral Contributions. An Eligible Employee with an Employment
Commencement Date on or after March 1, 2007, begins participation for purposes of making Elective
Deferrals and designated Roth contributions (including Catch-up Contributions, if applicable)
immediately upon his or her Employment Commencement Date. An Eligible Employee with an Employment
Commencement Date before March 1, 2007, begins participation for purposes of making Elective
Deferrals (including Catch-up Contributions, if
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
11
applicable) on the first day of the calendar month coinciding with or next following three (3)
continuous months of employment.
4.1-3 Matching Contributions. Eligible Employees with Employment Commencement Dates
on or after January 1, 2004, begin participation for purposes of receiving an allocation of
Matching Contributions on the first day of the calendar month coinciding with or next following the
first anniversary of their Employment Commencement Date, if still employed on that date. In the
event an Employee is not still employed on that date but is subsequently rehired before incurring a
Permanent Break in Eligibility Service, the Employee will become a Participant for purposes of
eligibility to receive an allocation of Matching Contributions on the first day of the calendar
month coincident with or next following his or her reemployment date, if still employed on that
date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Matching Contribution allocation eligibility for Eligible
Employees with Employment Commencement Dates before January 1, 2004, shall continue to be
determined under the 2003 Restatement of this Plan.
4.1-4 Latest Participation Date. Notwithstanding the participation criteria set forth
in 4.1-1, 4.1-2 and 4.1-3, Eligible Employees who have attained age 21 and completed 1,000 Hours of
Service during the 12-month period immediately following their Employment Commencement Date (or
during a Plan Year containing the anniversary date of the Employment Commencement Date, if the
Eligible Employee does not complete 1,000 Hours of Service during the first 12 month period) shall
commence participation in the Plan not later than the earlier of (a) the first day of the Plan Year
following the date the Employee meets those requirements, or (b) the date which is 6 months after
the date the Employee meets those requirements.
4.2 Break in Eligibility ServiceReemployment After Break. An Employee who becomes a
Participant in this Plan remains a Participant until he or she receives a distribution of his or
her entire vested account balance. If the Employee incurs a Permanent Break in Eligibility Service
and subsequently is reemployed by the Employer, for Plan eligibility purposes the Participants
Employment Commencement Date shall be his or her most recent reemployment date. If an Employee
severs employment and is subsequently reemployed by the Employer prior to incurring a Permanent
Break in Eligibility Service, the Severance from Employment Date shall be disregarded for
eligibility purposes and he or she will enter the Plan as provided in 4.1 following his or her
rehire date. However, if the Employee incurs a Permanent Break in Eligibility Service prior to his
or her reemployment date, the period of service prior to the Permanent Break in Eligibility Service
is disregarded for Plan eligibility purposes.
4.3 Information from Employer. As of each Anniversary Date or such other period as
the Company deems appropriate, the Employer will provide the Administrator or its designated agent
with the appropriate information necessary to ascertain all Eligible Employees, their dates of
employment, Hours of Service, Compensation, and dates of termination.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
12
ARTICLE V. CONTRIBUTIONS
5.1 Employer Profit Sharing Contribution.
5.1-1 Generally. For each Plan Year, the Employer may make a discretionary
profit-sharing contribution in an amount to be determined by the Board of Directors of each
Employer pursuant to 5.1-2, which shall be termed the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution. The
Employers Contribution for any Plan Year shall be made out of current or accumulated net profit
for the Employers Taxable Year in which the Plan Year ends. The Employers determination of such
contributions (if any) shall be binding on Participants, the Employer, and the Trustee. The
Trustee shall have no right or duty to inquire into the amount of the Employer Contributions or the
method used in determining the amount of the Employer Contributions, but shall be accountable only
for funds actually received by the Trustee.
5.1-2 Allocation of Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. The portion of the
Employer Profit Sharing Contribution that is not treated as a QNEC under 5.1-6 and 5.10 shall be
allocated pursuant to this 5.1-2. The Employer Profit Sharing Contribution for each Plan Year
shall be allocated as of the Anniversary Date among those Participants who have completed one Year
of Service and who also either (i) are employed on the Anniversary Date, or (ii) have severed
employment during the Plan Year due to death, Disability or Retirement and qualify under 5.1-3
unless 5.1-5 applies. Such contributions, while allocable to Participants as described in this
section, shall be credited to a Participants account only when actually received by the Trustee.
Such contributions shall be allocated to an eligible Participants account based on such
Participants Compensation and Years of Service. A Participants Years of Service for Hypothetical
Allocation Contribution purposes shall be the same as the Participants Years of Service used for
vesting purposes, as determined in Article VIII. The allocation shall be determined as follows:
(a) Step One: Determine Hypothetical Allocation. The Administrator, or its delegated
third party administrative service provider, shall first determine the total Employer Profit
Sharing Contribution necessary to fund a hypothetical contribution allocation for each Participant
who is eligible to receive a profit-sharing contribution, based on the Participants Years of
Service and Compensation, according to the following table (Table 5.1-2(a)):
|
|
|
|
|
Contribution as a Percentage |
Years of Service |
|
Of Compensation |
1 or 2
|
|
1% |
3 or 4
|
|
2% |
5 or more
|
|
3% |
The amount necessary to fund such contribution shall be known for purposes of this 5.1-2 as the
Hypothetical Allocation Contribution.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
13
(b) Step Two: Determine Adjustment to Hypothetical Allocation. After performing this
hypothetical allocation under 5.1-2(a), the actual Employer Contribution for the Plan Year (as
declared by the Board under 5.1 and adjusted for forfeitures under 5.1-4) shall be divided by the
Hypothetical Allocation Contribution (determined in (a) above), to determine a ratio that, for
purposes of this 5.1-2, shall be known as the Adjustment Factor.
(c) Step Three: Determine Participant Contribution Allocation. The Participants
profit sharing allocation for the Plan year shall be determined under this 5.1-2 by first
multiplying the Participants Compensation by the Contribution Percentage in Table 5.1-2(a) (based
on his or her Years of Service) and then multiplying this result by the Adjustment Factor
determined in 5.1-2(b).
5.1-3 Mid-year Terminations. A Participant whose mid-year severance of employment is
on account of death, Disability or Retirement, who accumulated a Year of Service in such year prior
to such severance, and whose entire Plan account remains undistributed as of the last day of the
Plan Year of severance, shall share in the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution allocation for that
year. Any other Participant whose employment with the Employer terminates during a Plan Year, and
any year-end active Participant who fails to meet the Year of Service requirement, shall not share
in the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution or forfeiture allocation for that year, unless required
by 12.4 if the Plan is top heavy.
5.1-4 Forfeitures. To the extent not used to restore amounts previously forfeited
under section 10.8-2, forfeitures under section 8.3 for the then completed Plan Year shall be used
to reduce the Employer Matching Contribution obligation under section 5.4, to reduce Employer
Profit Sharing Contributions under section 5.1, or to pay expenses of Plan administration, as
determined by the Retirement Committee in its sole discretion.
5.1-5 Highly Compensated Employee Allocation Restrictions. Effective for Plan Years
commencing on and after January 1, 2002 and notwithstanding anything in Section 5.1 to the
contrary, any Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is characterized as being
otherwise excludible under Code § 410(b)(4) (i.e., one who has not met the requirements of Code
§ 410(a)(1)(A)) as of the last day of the Plan Year) shall not share in the Employer contribution
or forfeiture allocation for that Plan Year, unless required by 12.4 if the Plan is top heavy.
5.1-6 Treatment as QNEC. To the extent necessary to pass the non-discrimination tests
under 6.8 and subject to provisions of 5.10, the Board may direct the Committee to treat and
allocate a portion of the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution declared under 5.1-2 as a QNEC
5.1-7 Nordstrom Family Member Allocation Restrictions. Effective for Plan Years
beginning on and after January 1, 2007 and notwithstanding anything in section 5.1 to the contrary,
any Participant who is both a Nordstrom family member and is reported as a named executive
officer in the Summary Compensation Table of the Companys Proxy Statement filed with the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Commission for the Companys fiscal year ending during
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
14
the Plan Year shall not share in the Employer Profit Sharing Contribution allocation for that Plan
Year, unless required by section 12.4 if the Plan is top heavy.
5.2 Elective Deferral Contributions.
5.2-1 Deferral Amount. Each Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee may
elect to defer a portion of his or her Compensation for any Plan Year in a whole percentage between
one percent (1%) and fifty percent (50%). Each Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee may
elect to defer a portion of his or her Compensation for any Plan Year in a whole percentage between
one percent (1%) and fifteen percent (15%). However, no Participant shall be permitted to have
Elective Deferral Contributions made to this Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the
Employer during any taxable year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Code § 402(g) in
effect at the beginning of such taxable year, except to the extent permitted under Section 5.2-3 of
the Plan and Code § 414(v) relating to Catch-up Contributions. The Plan Administrator may, at any
time, reduce the Elective Deferral Contributions for any Participant if it determines that
reduction is necessary in order to avoid exceeding the limits imposed by this subsection or Article
VI.
5.2-2 Automatic Enrollment. Subject to a Participants ability to modify his or her
Elective Deferral Contributions under 5.2-4, and to such limitations as shall apply to Elective
Deferral Contributions elsewhere under the Plan:
(a) Application of Automatic Enrollment Rules. Each Participant with an Employment
Commencement Date on or after January 1, 2004, but who has not otherwise made an affirmative
election to make (or not to make) Elective Deferrals under section 5.2-1, shall automatically be
enrolled in the Plan on his or her Automatic Enrollment Date. However, Eligible Employees with
Employment Commencement Dates before January 1, 2004, shall be subject to the automatic enrollment
provisions of the 2003 Restatement of this Plan and not to the provisions of this 5.2-2. These
automatic enrollment provisions shall not apply to rehired Participants who have been subject to
the automatic enrollment rule in conjunction with a previous re-hire.
(b) Automatic Enrollment Date. For purposes of this 5.2-2, a Participants Automatic
Enrollment Date is the later of: (i) the first day of the calendar month coinciding with or next
following the first anniversary of such Participants Employment Commencement Date, if still
employed as an Eligible Employee on that date, or (ii) the first day of the calendar month
coincident with or next following that date which is sixty (60) days from the date the Participant
is rehired following a severance from employment if still employed as an Eligible Employee on that
date.
(c) Default Elective Deferral Contribution Rate. An automatically-enrolled Participant
shall be deemed to have elected an Elective Deferral Contribution rate equal to two percent (2%) of
Compensation earned during the portion of the Plan Year subsequent to the date of automatic
enrollment during which such individual is a Participant.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
15
(d) Automatic Enrollment Notice Requirement. The Administrator, or its delegate, shall
provide Eligible Employees with notice of such automatic enrollment (and an opportunity to revoke
such automatic enrollment) within a reasonable period of time prior to the Participants Automatic
Enrollment Date under this 5.2-2 and within a reasonable period before the beginning of each Plan
Year.
(e) Investment of Contributions. Contributions made pursuant to automatic enrollment
will be invested in a qualified default investment alternative, as defined in regulations
promulgated by the U.S. Department of Labor.
5.2-3 Catch-up Contributions. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
2001, each Participant who:
(a) is eligible to make Elective Deferral Contributions under this Plan; and
(b) has attained or will attain age fifty (50) before the last day of the Plan Year,
is eligible to make Catch-up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to, Code § 414(v).
Catch-up contributions are those Elective Deferral Contributions, up to the applicable dollar limit
set forth in Code § 414(v)(2)(B)(i), as adjusted for cost of living, that would exceed a
contribution limit under the Code or the Plan if the provisions of Code § 414(v) were not
applicable. Each Participant described in this Section 5.2-3 shall have the same right to elect
Catch-up Contributions under this Plan. Catch-up Contributions must be allocated to separate
Catch-up Contribution Accounts and will not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of
this Plan implementing Code §§ 401(a)(4) regarding nondiscrimination, 401(k)(3) regarding limits on
elective deferrals by Highly Compensated Employees, 402(g) regarding limits on elective deferrals,
or 416 regarding contributions by Key Employees (except as specifically provided in Article XII.)
5.2-4 Changes to Deferral Election. During employment, a Participant may modify,
suspend or resume Elective Deferral Contributions by any telephonic, electronic or written means
established by the Administrator. Any such change shall be effective as of the first day of the
next payroll cycle following processing of the change notification received by the Administrator;
provided, however, that if the Administrator is not able to administratively process the change by
such payroll date, the change shall be effective as soon as the administrative processing is
complete. A Participants Elective Deferral Contributions election will be automatically suspended
upon a Participants severance from employment with an Employer. A rehired Participant must
reinitiate an Elective Deferral Contribution election in the manner specified by the Administrator.
5.2-5 Excess Deferrals. Excess Deferral means, for a given calendar year, that
amount by which each Participants total elective deferrals (as defined in Code § 402(g)(3)) under
all plans of all employers exceeds the sum of the dollar limits in effect under Code § 402(g) for
the calendar year and under Code § 414(v) for the taxable year, as annually indexed by the
Secretary of the Treasury. For the Plan Year beginning on January 1, 2008, the Code § 402(g)
dollar limit is
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
16
$15,500, and the Code § 414(v) dollar limit is $5,000. The Plan Administrator will distribute any
Excess Deferral, adjusted for investment gains and losses, to the Participant no later than April
15 of the calendar year immediately following the close of the calendar year for which the Excess
Deferral is made. For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2007, the adjustment for
investment gains and losses shall include gains and losses from the close of the Plan Year in which
the Excess Deferral arose through a date not more than seven days before the actual distribution
date. If an Excess Deferral occurs because of deferral amounts under plans maintained by an
Employer combined with deferrals under one or more plans not maintained by an Employer, the excess
shall be distributed if the following conditions are satisfied:
FIRST, the Participant notifies the Plan Administrator of the Excess Deferral
by March 1 following the close of the year, unless the Plan Administrator waives the
deadline; and
SECOND, the notice specifies how much of the Excess Deferral is to be
distributed from this Plan.
5.2-6 Deferral and Catch-up Contributions Accounts. The amount by which Compensation
is reduced, after adjustment for Excess Deferrals under Section 5.2-5, shall be that Participants
Elective Deferral Contribution. The portion of the Elective Deferral Contribution that does not
exceed the Plan provisions implementing Code § 401(k)(3) regarding limits on elective deferrals by
Highly Compensated Employees, § 402(g) regarding limits on elective deferrals for all Participants,
or § 415 regarding limits on annual additions shall be called the Basic Elective Deferral
Contribution and shall be allocated to that Participants Basic Elective Deferral Account. The
remainder of the Elective Deferral Contribution shall be called the Catch-up Contribution and shall
be allocated to a Participants Catch-up Contributions Account.
5.3 Designated Roth Contributions.
5.3-1 Designation of Contributions. Beginning September 1, 2007, each Participant may
make designated Roth contributions to the Plan. A designated Roth contribution is an Employee
Contribution that is (a) designated irrevocably by the Participant at the time of deferral as a
designated Roth contribution; (b) made in lieu of all or a portion of the pre-tax Elective Deferral
Contributions the Participant is otherwise eligible to make under the Plan; (c) treated by the
Employer as includible in the Participants income at the time the Participant would have received
that amount in cash if the Participant had not contributed the amount to the Plan. The Plan
provisions set forth in 5.2-1 and 5.2-4 shall apply to designated Roth contributions by
substituting designated Roth contribution for Elective Deferral Contribution each place that
the latter term appears. In addition, designated Roth contributions are eligible for treatment as
Catch-Up Contributions for Participants who will have attained age 50 by the last day of the
calendar year in which the contribution is made.
5.3-2 Separate Accounting. Designated Roth contributions, and gains, losses, and
other credits or charges will be credited and debited to a separate designated Roth contributions
account maintained for each Participant. No contributions other than designated Roth contributions
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
17
(including designated Roth rollover contributions) and properly attributable earnings will be
credited to each Participants designated Roth contributions account.
5.3-3 Correction of Excess Amounts. In case it is necessary to make a distribution to
a Participant due to a failure of the Plan to pass the ADP test set forth in 6.8, due to an excess
deferral under Code Section 402(g), or due to an excess annual addition under Code Section 415(c),
the Plan first will distribute a Participants pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions plus
earnings for the Plan Year and will distribute designated Roth contributions only to the extent
necessary after distribution of the Elective Deferral Contributions. If the Plan re-characterizes
and retains excess Elective Deferral Contributions that are treated as Catch-up Contributions in
order to satisfy the ADP test, the Plan shall first re-characterize designated Roth contributions
as Catch-up Contributions and shall then re-characterize pre-tax Elective Deferral Contributions,
up to the limit for Catch-up Contributions in effect for the applicable Plan Year. If it is
necessary to make a corrective distribution of designated Roth contributions, earnings attributable
to the corrective distribution of designated Roth contributions shall be distributed to the same
extent that a distribution of earnings on Elective Deferral Contributions would be required to
effect a full corrective distribution of Elective Deferral Contributions.
5.4 Employer Matching Contributions. Employer Matching Contributions on behalf of a
Participant shall be made at a rate of $1.00 for each $1.00 of Eligible Elective Deferral
Contributions made by that Participant during the Plan Year, as determined under 5.4-1.
5.4-1 Eligible Elective Deferral Contributions. Only Elective Deferral Contributions
for the Plan Year of less than or equal to the first four percent (4%) of a Participants
Compensation that remain in the Plan through the Anniversary Date (the Matchable Contributions)
shall be eligible to be matched by Employer Matching Contributions. Catch-up Contributions are not
eligible for Employer Matching Contributions under any circumstances.
5.4-2 Requirements For Match. A Participant may receive an Employer Matching
Contribution only if such Participant completes at least one Year of Service and also either (i) is
employed on the Anniversary Date, or (ii) has severed employment during the Plan Year due to death,
Disability or Retirement and qualifies under 5.4-3 unless 5.4-4 applies. Such contributions, while
allocable to Participants as described in this section, shall be credited to a Participants
account only when actually received by the Trustee.
5.4-3 Mid-year Terminations. A Participant whose mid-year severance of employment is
on account of death, Disability or Retirement, who accumulated a Year of Service in such year prior
to such severance, and whose entire Plan account remains undistributed as of the last day of the
Plan Year of severance, shall share in the Employer Matching Contribution allocation for that year.
Any other Participant whose employment with the Employer terminates during a Plan Year, and any
year-end active Participant who fails to meet the Year of Service requirement, shall not share in
the Employer Matching Contribution.
5.4-4 Company Right to Modify. The Company reserves the right to increase the rate of
Matching Contributions at any time prior to the end of a Plan Year and to otherwise modify,
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
18
prior to any Plan Year, both the rate of Employer Matching Contributions and the level of Matchable
Contributions for that Plan Year. The Company shall notify Participants in writing within a
reasonable period of time for any Plan Year for which a change is effected.
5.4-5 Highly Compensated Employee Allocation Restrictions. Effective for Plan Years
commencing on and after January 1, 2002 and notwithstanding anything in 5.4 to the contrary, any
Participant who is a Highly Compensated Employee and who is characterized as being otherwise
excludible under Code section 410(b)(4) (i.e., one who has not met the requirements of Code
section 410(a)(1)(A)) as of the last day of the Plan Year shall not receive an Employer Matching
Contribution for that Plan Year, unless required by 12.4 if the Plan is top heavy.
5.5 Time of Payment of Contributions. The Employer shall pay to the Trustee Employer
Contributions for each Plan Year within the time prescribed by law, which may extend beyond the end
of the Plan Year in accordance with Code § 404(a)(6). On or about the date of the payment, the
Administrator shall be advised of the amount of the payment upon which the allocation shall be
calculated.
5.6 Plan Qualification. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Plan to the contrary,
contributions to this Plan are made upon the condition precedent that this amended and restated
Plan must be approved and qualified as meeting the requirements of Code § 401(a). Accordingly, the
Employer reserves the right to amend this Plan, retroactively or otherwise, as may be required in
order to obtain approval of the Plan from the Internal Revenue Service. If the amended Plan does
not receive a favorable determination from the Internal Revenue Service and is thereafter
terminated, all contributions made by the Employer and earnings thereon made after the effective
date of this restatement shall be recovered by the Employer, provided that they are returned to the
Employer within one (1) year after the date of denial of qualification of the Plan. No Participant
or beneficiary has any vested right or claim to any asset of the Plan or to any benefit under the
Plan before the Internal Revenue Service determines that the Plan qualifies under § 401(a) of the
Code.
5.7 Return of Mistaken and Nondeductible Contributions.
5.7-1 Mistake of Fact. In the event that an Employer shall make an excessive
contribution due to a mistake of fact, then pursuant to § 403(c)(2)(A) of ERISA, an Employer may
demand repayment of such excessive contribution at any time within one (1) year following the time
of payment and Trustee shall return that amount to the Employer within the one (1) year period.
Earnings of the Plan attributable to the excess contributions may not be returned to the Employer,
but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so returned.
5.7-2 Disallowed Deduction. Employer contributions hereunder are made on the
condition that such contributions are deductible under § 401(a) and § 404 of the Code. In the
event that a deduction for any contribution hereto is disallowed and found not to be deductible by
the Internal Revenue Service, or any other regulatory agency, the Employer may recover all or any
portion of such contribution, provided it is returned to the Employer within one (1) year after the
denial of the deduction.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
19
5.7-3 No Participant Interest. No Participant or beneficiary has any vested right or
claim to any asset of the Plan or to any benefit under the Plan that may be returned pursuant to
5.7 of this Plan.
5.8 Military Leave Obligations. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the
contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service
will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code. Additionally, effective with
respect to periods of qualified military service commencing on and after January 1, 2004, a
Participants obligation to make loan repayments will be suspended under this Plan as permitted
under Section 414(u)(4) of the Code.
5.8-1 Returning Participant with Re-Employment Rights. The following provisions apply
to each Participant who, immediately following a period of qualified military service, returns to
employment with an Employer with reemployment rights protected by law.
(a) Employer Profit Sharing Contribution. The Employer shall make Employer Profit
Sharing Contributions for the period of the Participants qualified military service, based on a
rate derived from the amount of contribution made to the Plan for each Plan Year in such period,
and on the Compensation for the Participant (as determined in 5.8-2).
(b) Elective Deferral Contributions. A Participant may make Elective Deferral
Contributions to the Plan attributable to the period of qualified military service. Such
contributions shall be paid within a period starting on the date of reemployment and continuing for
the shorter of (1) three (3) times the length of the qualified military service that resulted in
the reemployment rights or (2) five (5) years.
(c) Matching Contributions. The Employer shall make Matching Contributions for a
Participant who is reemployed from qualified military service based on the amount of Elective
Deferral Contributions made by the Participant under 5.8-1(b).
5.8-2 Compensation. Compensation for purposes of contributions under 5.8-1 shall be
the amount described in 2.6 that the Participant would have received from the Employer during the
period of qualified military service if employment had continued. Such amount shall be based on
the rate of pay the Participant would have received in such period or, if such rate was not
reasonably certain, the Participants average pay rate during the 12-month period of employment
preceding the period of qualified military service or the entire period of employment if less than
12 months.
5.8-3 Limitations. Contributions provided under 5.8-1 shall be subject to the limits
provided in Article VI based on the Plan Years within the period of qualified military service to
which the contributions relate in accordance with applicable law and regulations.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
20
5.9 Rollover Contributions.
5.9-1 General Rule. Subject to the approval of the Administrator, this Plan may accept
an eligible rollover distribution on behalf of a Participant who is an Eligible Employee from any
of the following:
(a) a qualified plan described in Code § 401(a) or § 403(a);
(b) an annuity contract described in Code § 403(b);
(c) an eligible plan under Code § 457(b) that is maintained by a state, political subdivision
of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state;
(d) an individual retirement account or retirement annuity described in Code § 408(a) or (b)
that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in gross income.
For purposes of this Section 5.9, the plans and arrangements described in (a) through (d) are
referred to as the other plan.
5.9-2 Eligible Rollover Distribution. The rollover must be an eligible rollover
distribution, as defined in Section 10.7 paid to or on behalf of the Participant either:
(a) pursuant to participation of the Participant or the Participants deceased spouse in the
other plan; or
(b) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order to the spouse or former spouse of a
participant in the other plan.
In addition, with respect to rollover of any after-tax contributions, it must be possible for the
Administrator to determine the amounts that would be includible and would not be includible in the
distributees gross income (disregarding the rollover provisions of the Code) so that the separate
accounting requirement of 8.6-2(a)(ii) can be satisfied.
5.9-3 Qualified Transfer. The rollover must be paid in cash to the Trustee either:
(a) by a direct transfer from the trustee(s) of the other plan or IRA; or
(b) by payment from the Participant on or before the sixtieth (60th) day following the
Participants receipt of the distribution from the other plan or IRA.
However, rollovers of after-tax contribution amounts described in section 10.7-2(a)(2) must be paid
by means of a direct transfer from the other plan.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
21
5.9-4 Rollover Account. The transferred amount accepted by the Plan shall be placed in
the Participants Rollover Account, and shall be at all times fully vested and subject to the
investment and distribution provisions of section 5.2, but shall not be considered a Participant
Elective Deferral Contribution for purposes of the Employer Matching Contribution, contribution
limits, or nondiscrimination requirements and limitations of this Plan and the Code, or as part of
a Participants total account balance for purposes of the consent requirement under Section 10.1-1
for involuntary distribution of account balances. Rollovers of after-tax contribution amounts
described in 10.7 will be accounted for separately.
5.9-5 Designated Roth Rollover Contributions. Beginning September 1, 2007, the Plan
will accept a rollover contribution to a Participants designated Roth contributions account only
if it is a direct rollover from another Roth contributions account under an applicable retirement
plan described in Code Section 402A(e)(1) and only to the extent the rollover is permitted under
the rules of Code Section 402(c). The rollover contribution will be accounted for in the
Participants designated Roth contributions account and not as part of the Participants Rollover
Account.
5.10 Qualified Non-Elective Contributions.
5.10-1 Generally. A Qualified Non-Elective Contribution (QNEC) means a non-elective
contribution which is 100% non-forfeitable at all times, is subject to the distribution
restrictions under 9.8, is allocated to the Participants QNEC Account as of a date within the Plan
Year being tested, and is actually contributed to the Plan within the 12 month period immediately
following such Plan Year. A QNEC under this 5.10 shall include Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions treated as QNECs pursuant to 5.1-6 and shall be considered an Employer contribution
for purposes of the Employers minimum employer contribution obligations under 12.4.1.
5.10-2 Allocation of QNECs. QNECs will be allocated to the QNEC Account of each
Participant who meets the eligibility requirements under 5.10-4 in reverse order of Compensation as
provided for herein, subject to the limitations under 5.10-3. The QNEC will be allocated to the
eligible Participant with the lowest Compensation until all of the QNEC has been allocated. If two
or more eligible Participants have the same Compensation, the QNEC will be allocated equally to
each eligible Participant until all of the QNEC has been allocated. If any QNEC remains
unallocated, this process is repeated for the eligible Participant(s) with the next lowest level of
Compensation in accordance with this paragraph until all of the QNEC is allocated, within the
limits provided under 5.10-3. The portion of any QNEC that cannot be allocated due to the
limitations under 5.10-3 shall be treated as an additional Employer Profit Sharing Contribution and
allocated pursuant to 5.1.
5.10-3 QNEC Allocation Limits. The maximum QNEC allocated to any eligible Participant
shall not exceed the least of:
(a) the amount sufficient to satisfy the ADP or ACP test(s) under 6.8;
(b) the Participants Annual Addition Limitation for the Plan Year under 6.6; or
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
22
(c) the amount equal to the Participants Compensation multiplied by the greater of:
(1) five percent (5%); or
(2) two times the Plans Representative Contribution Rate.
5.10-4 QNEC Eligibility. Eligibility to receive QNEC allocations for a Plan Year is
limited to Participants who, as of the last day of such Plan Year, are: (a) Non-Highly Compensated
Employees; (b) eligible to receive Employer Matching Contributions pursuant to 5.3-2; and (c) not
included in the otherwise excludible testing group under 6.8-2.
5.10-5 Representative Contribution Rate. The Representative Contribution Rate for
purposes of 5.10-3(c)(2) is the lowest Applicable Contribution Rate of any eligible Participant
among a group of eligible Participants that consists of half (50%) of all eligible Participants for
the Plan Year or, if greater, the lowest Applicable Contribution Rate of any eligible Participant
in the group of all eligible Participants for the Plan Year and who is employed by the Employer on
the last day of the Plan Year.
5.10-6 Applicable Contribution Rate. The Applicable Contribution Rate under 5.10-5
for an eligible Participant equals the Participants QNEC allocation for a Plan Year divided by the
Participants Compensation for the same period.
5.10-7 Compensation for QNEC Purposes. Compensation for purposes of this 5.10 is
Compensation under 6.8-2(d).
5.10-8 Investment of QNEC Accounts. A Participants QNECs will be invested in the
same manner as his or her election for future Elective Deferral Contributions.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
23
ARTICLE VI. ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTIONS AND VALUATION OF TRUST FUND
6.1 Allocation of Contributions and Forfeitures.
6.1-1 Participant Accounts. The Company, or its delegated third party administrative
service provider, under the supervision of the Retirement Committee, shall keep such separate
accounts for each Participant as may be necessary to administer the Plan properly and to accurately
reflect the value of the account of each Participant or Beneficiary in the Plan. Such accounts and
records may be kept in dollars or units or both, as determined appropriate by the Company so that
there may be determined as of any Valuation Date the (a) current value of the Participants account
in the Trust Fund and (b) adjustments from the previous Valuation Date that have produced such
value. The Company, or its delegate, shall furnish each Participant a statement showing
contributions to date, account balances and vested interests. Such statement shall be furnished no
less frequently than annually.
6.1-2 Valuation Changes. Each Participants account shall be adjusted to reflect net
income, gain or loss, since the previous Valuation Date, as provided in 6.2. For this purpose,
Participant accounts are determined on a cash basis, not an accrual basis. Any appreciation or
depreciation in the value of a Participants account will apply only to amounts actually invested
under that Participants account.
6.2 Valuation and Allocation of Trust Fund. The Trust Fund shall be valued and
allocated on each Valuation Date. As of the close of trading on each Valuation Date, the fair
market value of each Participants account shall be determined as follows:
FIRST, credit or charge, as appropriate, to the proper accounts all contributions,
transfers, payments, fees, forfeitures, withdrawals or other distributions made to
or from such accounts since the last Valuation Date and that have not been
previously credited or charged.
SECOND, credit or charge, as applicable, each account with its share of the
appreciation or depreciation in the fair market value of the investments held in
each account since the previous Valuation Date. Such appreciation or depreciation
will reflect investment income, unrealized gains and losses, other investment
transactions and expenses paid from the Plan Assets and other charges properly
payable by the Plan in accordance with 17.8.
6.3 Investment of Contributions. All Contributions and investment earnings, gains or
losses thereon, credited to a Participants account shall be invested and reinvested in one or a
combination of investment funds to be established by the Trustee as provided in the Nordstrom
Retirement Plan Participant Investment Appendix attached hereto and incorporated into this 6.3 by
this reference.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
24
6.4 Allocation Does Not Vest Rights. The fact that an allocation is made and credited
to the account of a Participant does not vest in the Participant any right, title or interest in
and to any assets except at the time or times and upon the terms and conditions expressly set forth
in this Plan.
6.5 Forfeiture Suspense Account.
6.5-1 Assets Pending Allocation. Any amounts forfeited pursuant to sections 8.2, 8.3
or 10.8 shall be held in an account to be known as the forfeiture suspense account until
allocated pursuant to section 6.5-3.
6.5-2 Investment of the Forfeiture Suspense Account. The forfeiture suspense account
referred to in this section shall be invested in a liquid form of investment as determined
appropriate by the Company.
6.5-3 Allocation of Forfeitures held in the Forfeiture Suspense Account. The
forfeiture suspense account will be used first to restore any previously forfeited amounts under
section 10.8-2, and then to reduce Company contributions as provided under section 5.1-4.
6.6 Limitation on Annual Additions.
6.6-1 Annual Maximum for All DC Plans. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to
the contrary, when taking into consideration all defined contribution Plans maintained by Employer,
the maximum annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participants account or
accounts for any Limitation Year may not exceed the lesser of (1) $40,000 or (2) one hundred
percent (100%) of the Participants Compensation. The $40,000 dollar limitation shall be
adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with regulations prescribed by the
Secretary of the Treasury. For the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2008, the limit is $46,000.
6.6-2 Annual Addition. With respect to each Participant, annual addition means the
sum of the following amounts allocated to a Participant for the Limitation Year: (1) Employer
contributions (including Elective Deferral Contributions and Designated Roth Contributions, but
excluding Catch-up Contributions), (2) the amount of the Participants contributions determined
without regard to any Rollover Contributions or loan repayments, and (3) forfeitures. In addition,
contributions to the following types of arrangements are considered contributions to defined
contribution plans for purposes of Code § 415: (1) amounts allocated to an individual medical
account of a pension or annuity plan established pursuant to Code § 401(h), and (2) amounts
attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated pursuant to § 419(A)(d)(2) of the Code
to the separate account of individual who is or was a Key Employee during the Plan Year or any
preceding Plan Year.
6.6-3 Combined Employers. For purposes of applying the limitations under 6.6, all
members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined by Internal Revenue Code § 414(b) but
modified by Code § 415(h)) or of an affiliated service group (as defined by Internal Revenue Code
§ 414(m)) of which Employer is a member, and all employers which are under common control with
Employer (as defined by Internal Revenue Code § 414(c) but modified by Internal
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
25
Revenue Code § 415(h), and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to
regulations under Code § 414(o), will be considered a single employer.
6.6-4 Compensation for 6.6. For the sole purpose of determining the contribution
limitation under 6.6, an Employees compensation for a Limitation Year shall be defined to include
earned income, wages, salaries and fees for professional services and other amounts paid or
includible in gross income for the Limitation Year for personal services actually rendered in the
course of employment with the Employer (including, but not limited to, commissions paid for sales,
compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance
premiums, tips and bonuses), excluding the following (a) and (b), but including (c), as applicable:
(a) Deferred Compensation Excluded. Contributions to a qualified or nonqualified plan
of deferred compensation which are not includible in the Employees gross income for the taxable
year in which contributed, or Employer contributions under a simplified employee pension plan to
the extent such contributions are deductible by the Employee, or any distributions from a plan of
deferred compensation are excluded from compensation for 6.6.
(b) Stock Benefits Excluded. Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified
stock option; or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely
transferable or no longer is subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or amounts realized from
the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option are
excluded from compensation for 6.6.
(c) Certain Other Non-Taxable Amounts Included. For Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 1997, any elective deferral (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)), and any amounts
contributed by the Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible in the gross
taxable income of the Employee by reason of Code Section 125 or 132(f) are included in compensation
for 6.6.
6.7 Allocation of Excess Additions. If an allocation would have been made to a
Participants account, but for a limitation in Section 6.6, then any such excess shall be disposed
of in a manner permitted under the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System, or similar program,
which may include the following:
6.7-1 Excess Attributable to Elective Deferrals. If the excess is attributable to
amounts contributed by the employee as Elective Deferrals, then any Elective Deferrals, and any
income attributable thereto, to the extent they would reduce the excess amount, may be returned to
the Participant.
6.7-2 Remainder to Suspense Account. Any excess addition that is not attributable to
Elective Deferrals and remaining after the application of 6.7-1, may be allocated to a suspense
account as forfeitures and held therein until the next succeeding date on which forfeitures could
be applied under the Plan. In the event of termination of the Plan, the suspense account shall
revert to the Employer to the extent that it may not then be allocated to any Participants
accounts.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
26
6.7-3 Multiple DC Accounts. In the event that Employer maintains two (2) or more
defined contribution plans and the total annual additions to all plans exceeds the limitation
contained in Section 6.6 above, the provisions of 6.6 shall be applied to all profit sharing plans
to the extent necessary to comply with Section 6.6.
6.7-4 Code Section 415. The intent of 6.6 and 6.7 is to set forth the basic rule
implementing Code section 415 so that, for each Plan Year, the Plan satisfies the contribution
limitations of the Code and applicable regulations. The provisions of 6.6 and 6.7 shall be applied
in a manner consistent with Code § 415 and applicable guidance.
6.8 Contribution Limits for Highly Compensated Employees.
6.8-1 Non-Discrimination Tests. For each Plan Year, the Plan shall satisfy the
nondiscrimination tests in Code sections 401(k)(3) and 401(m) in accordance with Treasury
Regulation sections 1.401(k)-2 and 1.401(m)-2. The applicable Code and Regulation sections are
incorporated by this reference. The following provisions shall be applied in a manner consistent
with such Code and Regulation sections.
6.8-2 Determining the ADP and ACP. For each Plan Year, the Committee shall determine
the Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) and the Actual Contribution Percentage (ACP) of the
Eligible Employees who are Highly Compensated Employees under 2.13 and the ADP and ACP of the
remaining Eligible Employees in two separate groups. Employees under age 21 or who have less than
one Year of Service as of the end of the Plan Year are one group (the otherwise excludable
group), and all other Employees are the other group. The otherwise excludable group shall not
consist of any Highly Compensated Employees. The ADP and ACP shall be determined as follows:
(a) The ADP (and ACP) for the Highly Compensated Employees and for the remaining Employees is
the average of the Actual Deferral Rates (or Actual Contribution Rates) for all eligible Employees
within their respective groups. The ADP (and ACP) for a group of eligible Employees shall be
calculated to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point.
(b) An Employees Actual Deferral Rate (ADR) is the sum of that individuals Basic Elective
Deferral Contributions and QNECs for the Plan Year, divided by such Employees Compensation under
(d). The ADR is calculated to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point. Notwithstanding
anything in the foregoing to the contrary:
(1) Elective Deferral Contributions made pursuant to 5.8-1(b) (relating to Employees returning
from qualified military service) shall not be taken into account when determining an Employees ADR
for the Plan Year for which the Basic Elective Deferral Contributions are made or for any other
Plan Year.
(2) Excess Deferrals which exceed the limitations under Code § 402(g)(3) shall be taken into
account as Basic Elective Deferral Contributions when determining a
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
27
Highly Compensated Employees ADR for the Plan Year, even if those Excess Deferrals are distributed
pursuant to 5.2-5.
(3) Excess Deferrals which exceed the limitations under Code § 402(g)(3) shall not be taken
into account as Basic Elective Deferral Contributions when determining a Non-Highly Compensated
Employees ADR for the Plan Year, to the extent such deferrals are prohibited under Code §
401(a)(30). However, to the extent such amounts are not prohibited under Code § 401(a)(30), they
shall be taken into account for ADR purposes, whether or not distributed pursuant to 5.2-5.
(c) An Employees Actual Contribution Rate (ACR) is that individuals Employer Matching
Contributions for the Plan Year, divided by such Employees Compensation under (d), subject to (e).
The ACR is calculated to the nearest hundredth of a percentage point. Notwithstanding anything in
the foregoing to the contrary:
(1) Employer Matching Contributions made pursuant to 5.8-1(c) (relating to Employees returning
from qualified military service) shall not be taken into account when determining an Employees ACR
for the Plan Year for which the Employer Matching Contributions are made or for any other Plan
Year.
(2) Any Employer Matching Contributions that are forfeited because the Elective Deferral
Contributions to which they relate are treated as Excess Contributions or Excess Deferrals shall
not be taken into account when determining an Employees ACR for the Plan Year.
(d) Compensation for ADR and ACR purposes is Compensation under 2.6, or such other definition
of compensation permitted by Code section 414(s) in lieu thereof. Only Compensation earned while
an Eligible Employee shall be considered for this purpose.
(e) The Committee may for any Plan Year treat Basic Elective Deferral Contributions or QNECs
not needed to pass the ADP test as Employer Matching Contributions for purposes of the ACP test.
No single contribution may be used in both tests.
(f) The following shall be aggregated to determine the ADR and the ACR:
(1) All Plans that are aggregated with this Plan under Code sections 401(a)(4) and 410(b)
(other than for purposes of the average benefit percentage test).
(2) All cash and or deferred arrangements sponsored by the Employer in which the same Highly
Compensated Employee is eligible to participate.
6.8-3 ADP and ACP Limitations. Neither the ADP nor the ACP of the Highly Compensated
Employees may exceed the greater of the following:
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
28
(a) 1.25 times the ADP or ACP of the remaining employees for the appropriate Plan Year.
(b) 2 percentage points higher than the ADP or ACP of the remaining employees, up to 2 times
such ADP or ACP for the appropriate Plan Year.
6.8-4 ADP and ACP Testing Methodology.
(a) Generally. The Plan elects to use the current year testing method in computing
the ADP and ACP for Non-Highly Compensated Employees under the nondiscrimination rules of Code
sections 401(k) and 401(m).
(b) Incorporation of Regulations. For purposes of the limitations under this 6.8, the
provisions of Code sections 401(k)(3) and 401(m)(3) together with their specific underlying
Treasury Regulations and subsequent Internal Revenue Service guidance are hereby incorporated into
this Plan by reference.
6.9 Correcting Excess Contributions.
6.9-1 Determine the Excess Contribution Amounts. If the ADP or ACP of the Highly
Compensated Employees exceeds the limits in 6.8-3, the Committee shall adjust the contributions for
certain Highly Compensated Employees, as follows:
(a) Correcting for ADP Failures. If the ADP limit is exceeded, Basic Elective Deferral
Contributions shall be reduced taking the highest individual dollar amount first. Basic Elective
Deferral Contributions reduced under this provision shall not be eligible for Employer Matching
Contributions.
(b) Correcting for ACP Failures. If the ACP limit is exceeded, Employer Matching
Contributions shall be reduced taking the highest individual dollar amount first.
6.9-2 Excess Contribution Reductions. Amounts reduced under 6.9-1 shall be forfeited,
withheld or distributed as follows:
(a) Any amount reduced from Employer Matching Contributions shall be forfeited, with related
earnings, as follows:
(1) Any amount reduced under 6.9-1(b) shall be forfeited to the extent of any unvested balance
in the Employer Matching Contribution account of the Highly Compensated Employee to whom it
applies. The unvested balance shall be determined before the reduction.
(2) Amounts forfeited shall be treated in accordance with 6.5.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
29
(b) Any Employer Matching Contribution for which eligibility is lost under 6.9-1(a) because a
Basic Elective Deferral Contribution was reduced shall not be contributed and thus shall neither be
forfeited nor distributed.
(c) Subject to (d) and (e), any contributed amount not forfeited under (a) shall be
distributed to the Highly Compensated Employees to whom it applies. The distribution shall be
adjusted for allocable gain or loss, determined under applicable Regulations, for the Plan Year in
which the excess arose (Plan Year income). Distribution of such amounts generally may be made
within two and one-half (21/2) months after the end of the Plan Year to which the excess applies (six
months for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2007 in which the Plan is determined to
include an eligible automatic contribution arrangement as defined in Code § 414(w)(3)) and in any
event by the end of the following Plan Year.
(d) A distribution under (c) because of an ADP limitation shall be reduced by the amount of
any Excess Deferral previously withdrawn under 5.2-5 for the same Plan Year.
(e) In addition to adjustment for Plan Year income under (c), for the Plan Years beginning
January 1, 2006 and January 1, 2007, the distribution shall be further adjusted for gain or loss
for the gap period (the period after the close of the Plan Year and prior to the distribution)
(gap period income). Gap period income shall be determined using the safe harbor method
prescribed under Treas. Reg. sections 1.401(k)-2(a)(2)(iv)(D) and 1.401(m)-2(a)(2)(iv)(D).
Specifically, gap period income on Excess Contribution Amounts shall be equal to ten percent (10%)
of the Plan Year income as determined in (c) above, multiplied by the number of calendar months
that have elapsed since the end of the Plan Year. When calculating the number of calendar months
that have elapsed for purposes of this paragraph, a corrective distribution that is made on or
before the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the preceding month and a
corrective distribution that is made after the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the
last day of the month. The gap period income provisions shall not apply to Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 2007.
ARTICLE VII. INVESTMENT IN INSURANCE CONTRACTS
7.1 Purchase of Insurance. Effective from and after February 1, 1992, no additional
policies of life insurance will be purchased by the Plan. Policies of ordinary or whole life
insurance purchased prior to February 1, 1992, may be continued in effect, subject to the
limitations contained elsewhere in this Article VII. The Administrator shall continue to direct
payment of premiums on such previously purchased policies for all Participants until such time as a
Participant affirmatively elects to surrender or cancel the policy. The Administrator will pay
premiums from assets held in the Participants Plan account, or, if the assets in the Participants
Plan account are not sufficient to pay the premiums required to keep the policy in force, the
Administrator will use the policys cash surrender value to the extent necessary to pay policy
premiums. If a Participant affirmatively elects to purchase, surrender or cancel an insurance
policy, the Administrator shall transfer,
surrender or cancel the policy and allocate the proceeds to the Participants other investment
accounts.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
30
In no event may any premiums on whole life insurance be paid under this Plan for a
Participant, if the aggregate premiums for that insurance exceed forty-nine percent (49%) of the
aggregate of the contributions allocated to such Participant at any time.
7.2 Trustee Shall Own the Policy. Each contract issued shall provide, and the
application therefor shall request, that a Trustee, subject to the terms and conditions of a Trust
Agreement entered into by Employer, shall be the owner of the contract. Any and all rights
provided under the contract or policy, or permitted by the insurance company, shall be reserved to
that Trustee. Such rights shall include the right to surrender, reduce or split the policy, the
right to name and change the payee to receive policy benefits on the happening of any contingency
specified in the policy, the right to exercise any loan provisions to pay the policy premium or for
any other reason, and such other rights as may be reserved to the owner of the policy. The listing
of rights above shall not be construed as a limitation on the Trustee. However, the exercise of
the rights reserved to the Trustee as owner of the policy shall be subject to and pursuant to the
direction of the Administrator.
7.3 Premiums, etc. The Trustee shall maintain possession of any policy purchased and
shall pay the premiums as each premium falls due, unless the Administrator directs otherwise.
Dividends may be used in reduction of any such premium, may be applied in any other manner
permitted by the insurance company or may be taken in cash by the Trustee, as the Administrator
determines from time to time. If, at any time, the Administrator shall decide as an investment
matter that the premium on any policy is not to be paid in cash from the Participants account, the
Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall direct the Trustee whether such premium is to be paid
by policy loan (if the policy contains such a provision), whether the policy is to be continued as
a paid-up policy, whether use is to be made of any extended insurance option available under the
policy, or whether some other action is to be taken under the policy. Any policy loans shall be
proportionate to the loan values of the insurance contracts. In any determination of the
Administrator, all Participants similarly situated shall be treated the same. Before directing a
Trustee to take any action other than payment of premiums in cash, the Administrator must give the
Participant an opportunity either to pay the premium in cash from his or her own funds or to
purchase the policy from the Trustee for its fair market value. Any premium received by the
Trustee from the Participant shall be paid to the insurance company. If the Participant purchases
the policy, the Trustee shall transfer the policy to him/her free and clear and shall add to his or
her account the amount paid by such Participant.
7.4 Proceeds and Benefits of Policy. Upon the death of a Participant on whose life
the Trustee holds a policy payable to it, the Trustee may collect the proceeds, in which case such
proceeds shall be turned over to the Participants beneficiary, or the Trustee may assign to such
beneficiary the policy and all rights thereunder, or the Trustee may direct the insurance company
to make payment to such beneficiary in such manner as may be permitted by the insurance contract.
The action taken by the Trustee shall be as directed by the Administrator, in its sole discretion,
after consideration of the needs of the beneficiary and the intention of the Participant as
indicated in the last direction filed with the Administrator and the Trustee by the Participant
prior to his or her death. Such intention or direction, however, shall not of itself create in any
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
31
way a vested right, either in the Participant or his or her beneficiary, nor shall it alter the
provisions of this Agreement.
7.5 Disposition of Policy. When any Participant whose policy is held hereunder
reaches his or her retirement age, or severs employment, or if this Plan and Trust Fund terminates,
the Administrator shall direct the Trustee as to the disposition of the policy so that the
provisions of this Plan covering disposition of the account of the Participant in the happening of
any such event, may be effected. If a Participant elects to receive a distribution of benefits as
provided in Article X, the Participant may elect one of the following options with respect to the
policy:
7.5-1 Distribution. The Participant may elect a distribution of the policy, free and
clear of any lien or interest of the Trust, the Trustee, or the Plan.
7.5-2 Surrender. The Participant may instruct the Administrator to direct the Trustee
to surrender or cancel the policy, and the cash surrender value of the policy will be distributed
to the Participant.
7.5-3 Purchase. The Participant may purchase the policy from the Trustee by paying
the policys fair market value to the Trust. The Participant must use non-Plan funds to purchase
the policy. Upon the Trusts receipt of the full purchase price, the policy will be transferred to
the Participant, free and clear of any lien or interest of the Trust, the Trustee, or the Plan.
If the Participant elects to receive a distribution without specifying distribution, surrender, or
purchase of the policy, the Trustee shall surrender or cancel the policy, and the cash surrender
value of the policy will be distributed to the Participant.
If the Participant reaches his or her retirement age and does not elect to receive a distribution
of Plan benefits, the Trustee shall continue to hold any insurance policy for the benefit of the
Participant (provided that that the policy premiums can be paid from the Participants account as
provided in 7.1), unless the Participant (1) elects to purchase the policy by paying to the Trustee
the policys fair market value, or (2) elects to surrender or cancel the policy under 7.1. If the
policy premiums cannot be paid from the Participants account for any reason, the policy will be
surrendered or canceled, unless the Participant affirmatively elects to purchase the policy from
the Plan. Any amount received by the Trustee as a result of any purchase, cancellation or
surrender of the policy shall be added to the account of the Participant and disposition or
distribution made as provided elsewhere in this Plan.
7.6 Insurers Responsibility. No insurance company that issues a policy under the
Plan will thereby become a party to the Plan or the related Trust Agreements. The liability of any
such insurance company shall be only as provided in any policy it may issue. The insurance company
shall be fully protected from all liability in accepting premium payments from the
Trustee and in making payments to the Trustee, or on direction of the Trustee or the Administrator,
without liability as to the application of such payments.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
32
ARTICLE VIII. VESTING OF BENEFITS
8.1 Vested Interest. A Participant is always 100 percent vested in Elective Deferral
and Rollover Contributions to the Plan and is also 100 percent vested upon reaching the Normal
Retirement Date under Section 9.1 while still an Employee. When a Participants employment is
severed for reasons other than Retirement, Disability, death, or cause (as defined in 8.2) he or
she will receive a percentage of the amount in his or her account derived from Employer Profit
Sharing Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions based on his or her completed Years of
Service.
8.1-1 Vesting Service. For purposes of determining a Participants vested interest,
the applicable computation period shall be the Plan Year for years commencing prior to January 31,
1986, and the Payroll Year thereafter. A Participant shall receive a Year of Service for vesting
for the Plan Year ending January 31, 1986, and for the Payroll Year ending December 31, 1987.
8.1-2 Vesting Schedules.
(a) Pre-2000 Profit Sharing Contributions. A Participants vested interest in
Employer Profit Sharing Contributions attributable to Years of Service before January 1, 2000 will
be determined in accordance with the following schedule:
|
|
|
Years of Service |
|
Vested Interest |
Less than 3 years
|
|
0 |
3 years
|
|
20 |
4 years
|
|
40 |
5 years
|
|
60 |
6 years
|
|
80 |
7 or more years
|
|
100 |
(b) Post-1999 Profit-Sharing Contributions. A Participant shall be immediately one
hundred percent (100%) vested in Employer Profit Sharing Contributions attributable to Years of
Service after December 31, 1999.
(c) Matching Contribution Employed Before Certain Dates. Each Participant credited
with at least one Hour of Service prior to January 1, 2000, and each Participant who was an
employee of Nordstrom Direct, Inc. on December 31, 2002, shall be one hundred percent (100%) vested
in the Employer Matching Contribution accounts.
(d) Matching Contribution Employed After Certain Dates. The vested interest of
each Participant who does not have at least one (1) Hour of Service earned prior to
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
33
January 1, 2000 and for each Participant whose first Hour of Service is with Nordstrom Direct, Inc.
after December 31, 2002, is determined under the following table:
|
|
|
Years of Service |
|
Vested Interest |
Less than 1 year
|
|
0% |
1 year
|
|
33% |
2 years
|
|
67% |
3 or more years
|
|
100% |
(e) Top Heavy Plan. For each Plan Year in which the Plan is considered top heavy
under Article XII, the schedule in Section 12.4 will be substituted for the schedules set forth in
this section if the Section 12.4 schedule would result in a greater vesting percentage.
8.1-3 Participant Election if Vesting Schedule Amended. If the Plans vesting
schedule is amended, whether by this amended and restated Plan, or by subsequent amendment, or the
Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the computation of the
nonforfeitable percentage of a Participants account, or if the Plan is deemed amended by an
automatic change to or from a top heavy vesting schedule under Article XII, each Participant with
at least three (3) Years of Service with the Employer may elect, within the period described below,
to have the nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or
change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for Participants who do not have at least one (1) Hour of
Service in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the preceding sentence shall be applied
by substituting five (5) Years of Service for three (3) Years of Service above.
The period during which the election of the prior vesting schedule may be made shall commence
with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be made and shall end on the latest of:
(a) Sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted;
(b) Sixty (60) days after the amendment becomes effective; or
(c) Sixty (60) days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the
Employer or Administrator.
8.2 Forfeiture of Benefits for Certain Causes. Notwithstanding any other provisions
of this Plan to the contrary, the right of any Participant or former Participant to receive or to
have paid to any other person and the right of any such other person to receive Employer Profit
Sharing or Employer Matching Contributions hereunder shall terminate and shall be forever forfeited
if such Participants employment with the Employer is severed because of his or her fraud,
embezzlement or dishonesty or any willful act
which injures the Employer or the Employees fellow workers. This section shall be inapplicable as
of the earliest of the following dates:
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
34
8.2-1 the date the Participant meets the requirements for normal retirement benefits under
9.1;
8.2-2 the date the Participant completes three (3) Years of Service (five (5) Years of Service
with respect to Employer Profit Sharing Contributions made before January 1, 2007);
8.2-3 the date the Plan terminates; or
8.2-4 the date contributions to the Plan have been completely discontinued.
Notwithstanding the provisions of 8.2, if the Plan becomes a top heavy plan as defined in 12.2,
only that portion of a Participants account which is not vested under the vesting schedule set
forth at 12.4 of this Plan shall be subject to forfeiture.
8.3 Forfeiture of Nonvested Portion of Account. Except as provided herein, if a
Participant severs employment with an Employer, the nonvested portion of the severed Participants
account will be forfeited at the earlier of:
(a) the date the entire vested portion of the Participants account is distributed; or
(b) the date on which the Participant completes five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks in
Vesting Service.
The forfeited amount will initially be held in the forfeiture suspense account referred to in
Section 6.5. For purposes of this section, if the vested value or vested percentage of a
Participants account balance is zero (0) on the date of such Participants severance of
employment, the Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his or her entire
account on the date of severance.
8.4 Reinstatement of Nonvested Portion of Account. If a Participant who ceases to be
an Employee is subsequently reemployed as an Employee before incurring five (5) consecutive
one-year Breaks in Vesting Service, any amount forfeited pursuant to 8.3(a) shall be restored to
the Participants account, and Years of Service before the Break in Vesting Service will be taken
into account to determine the vesting percentage in the reinstated benefit; provided that the
Participant repays the amount previously distributed before the earlier of (1) the fifth (5th)
anniversary of his or her reemployment date or (2) the close of the first period of five (5)
consecutive one-year Breaks in Vesting Service following the withdrawal.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
35
8.5 Service After Severance from Employment.
8.5-1 Service After a Break in Vesting Service.
(a) Account Before the Break. Years of Service after five (5) consecutive one-year
Breaks in Vesting Service shall not increase the Participants vested interest in his or her
account for benefits accrued before such Breaks in Vesting Service.
(b) Account After the Break. No service prior to a Break in Vesting Service will be
taken into account in determining a Participants vested interest in his or her account after the
Break in Vesting Service until the Participant has completed one Year of Service after such break.
(1) General Crediting Rule. Upon completing a Year of Service after reemployment, the
Participant shall be credited with all Years of Service, including Years of Service prior to the
Break in Vesting Service which have not been forfeited under (b)(2) below, in determining such
Participants vested interest in that portion of the Participants account balance attributable to
contributions, earnings and losses after the Break in Vesting Service. This 8.5-1(b)(1) shall
apply to any Participant who, at the time of severance of employment, either was vested in his or
her Employer Profit Sharing or Employer Matching Contribution Accounts or had an account that was
subject to the limitations of 9.8 (i.e., an Elective Deferral Account or a QNEC Account).
(2) Exclusion of Forfeited Service. This provision applies to a Participant who
experiences a Break in Vesting Service prior to acquiring a nonforfeitable interest under the Plan,
and who subsequently is reemployed by an Employer. This paragraph does not apply to a Participant
who at the time of severance of employment had an Elective Deferral Account or a QNEC Account
because such a Participant is deemed to have acquired a nonforfeitable interest under the Plan for
purposes of this 8.5-1(b)(2). If this paragraph applies to a Participant and the Participants
number of consecutive one (1) year Breaks in Vesting Service equals or exceeds the greater of (i)
five (5), or (ii) the aggregate number of his of her Years of Service, whether or not consecutive,
completed prior to such Break in Vesting Service (other than Years of Service which may be
disregarded on account of a prior Break in Vesting Service), Years of Service before the Break in
Vesting Service shall not be counted for the purpose of determining the vested percentage of the
Participants account balance derived from Employer contributions to the Plan on the Participants
behalf after such Break in Vesting Service.
8.5-2 Return to Service Before a Break in Vesting Service. If a Participant severs
employment with an Employer and subsequently returns to the service of an Employer without having
incurred a Break in Vesting Service, those Years of Service prior to a Participants severance from
employment shall be credited on behalf of the Participant in determining the Participants vested
interest under the Plan.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
36
8.5-3 Prior Plan Forfeitures and Exclusions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this Article VIII, Years of Service permitted to be disregarded under the terms of a prior
version of the Plan while then in effect, shall continue to be disregarded under the terms of this
Plan.
8.6 Forfeiture Reallocation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the
event of a severance for cause pursuant to 8.2, the Participants entire account shall be forfeited
immediately and allocated as of the next valuation date as provided in 6.5. In the event of
severance other than pursuant to 8.2, the forfeited portion of a Participants account shall be
allocated as of the Anniversary Date next following the date of severance, as provided in 6.5.
8.7 Maternity/Paternity/Family Absences. If a Participant is absent from employment
due to a qualified family absence then the Participant will be credited with certain Hours of
Service on account of such absence to the extent necessary, and only to the extent necessary, to
avoid a Break in Vesting Service and a Permanent Break in Eligibility Service. The term qualified
family absence shall mean absence (a) by reason of a Participants pregnancy, (b) by reason of the
birth of a child to the Participant, (c) by reason of the placement of a child for adoption by the
Participant, (d) for purposes of caring for a child during a period immediately following the birth
or placement by adoption of that child, or (e) by reason of circumstances which qualify as family
leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act of 1993 (PL 103-3) and the regulations thereunder.
All absences on account of a single child shall be aggregated and treated as a single absence. The
Participant shall be credited with the number of Hours of Service equal to the Hours of Service
that the Participant would have been credited on account of the normal work schedule of such
Participant prior to the absence, but in no event will Participant be credited with more than five
hundred one (501) hours on account of a single absence. In the event that a Participants normal
working schedule is unknown or cannot be determined, Participant shall be credited with eight (8)
Hours of Service for each regular working day.
8.7-1 Hours of Service. Hours of Service on account of a qualified absence shall be
credited to the Participant during the Plan Year in which the absence begins if necessary to
prevent a Break in Vesting Service in that Plan Year, or if such hours are not necessary to prevent
a Break in Vesting Service in that Plan Year, such hours shall be credited to the Participant in
the next succeeding Plan Year. Hours of Service on account of a qualified absence shall also be
credited if necessary to prevent a Permanent Break in Eligibility Service.
8.7-2 Uniform Rules. The Plan Administrator shall adopt uniform and reasonable rules
for verification of the purpose of absences as well as determination of the number of days for
which there was such an absence. Failure of a Participant to submit appropriate documentation in a
timely manner pursuant to such rules will result in no credit being given for the period of the
absence.
8.8 Special Vesting on Store or Facility Closure. Effective during and after 1994,
whenever a store or facility is completely closed, the following 8.8-1 through 8.8-3 shall apply to
those Participants employed at the store or
facility at the time of closure who, after the closure, do not become employed by Employer in
another capacity:
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
37
8.8-1 Administrator Determinations. The Administrator shall have complete discretion
and power to determine whether a closure has occurred under (a) below, and, if so, whether either
or both of the following (b) or (c) shall apply to each such former employee. The written terms of
such Administrator determination hereby are incorporated by this reference as part of this Plan.
(a) Closure Defined. Closure means the stoppage of all functions at a particular
location as determined by the Administrator in its discretion, taking into account such facts and
circumstances as the Administrator deems appropriate.
(b) Vesting. The Administrator has discretion whether or not to increase the vesting
percentage, as applied to the pre-closure account attributable to Employer contributions, for (1)
the year of closure or (2) such individuals total period of pre-closure service.
(c) Contribution. The Company has discretion to decide whether or not former
employees who have an account balance at the end of the year of closure will receive a contribution
for the year of closure based on Compensation earned during such year, notwithstanding the fact
that they are not employed on the Anniversary Date.
8.8-2 Severance Defined. A Participant is deemed to have severed employment as a
result of the closure if such Participant was employed by such store or facility on the date of the
closure, and is not employed at another store or facility of the Employer within ninety (90) days
after the date of Participants severance of employment connected with the closed store or
facility. A Participant will not be treated as having commenced work for an Employer if the
Participant works less than forty (40) hours during such ninety (90) day period.
8.8-3 Reemployment. Participants reemployed after receiving closure benefits under
8.8-1 in their pre-severance account nonetheless will be subject to the vesting schedule contained
at 8.1, disregarding any special vesting credit under 8.8-1, with respect to the amount of the
account attributable to contributions made for service after reemployment.
ARTICLE IX. ELIGIBILITY TO RECEIVE BENEFITS
9.1 Normal Retirement Benefits. A Participant shall be eligible for normal retirement
benefits upon attaining age sixty (60), which is the Normal Retirement Date under the Plan.
Distribution of benefits on severance of employment at or after the Normal Retirement Date shall be
made in accordance with the provisions of Article X. Any Participant who continues to work for an
Employer after the Normal Retirement Date may, pursuant to 10.3, direct the Administrator to defer
distribution of the Participants account until after the Participants actual severance of
employment.
9.2 Disability Benefits. Upon a Participants Disability, prior to his or her Normal
Retirement Date or other severance of employment, the Participant shall be entitled to a
distribution of benefits hereunder upon written notification to the Administrator and verification
of the Participants Disability by the Administrator. All amounts credited to a Participants
account shall
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
38
become fully vested upon the Participants Disability prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date or
other severance of employment. Distribution of benefits on account of Disability shall be made in
accordance with the provisions of Article X.
9.3 Death Benefits. Upon a Participants death before his or her Normal Retirement
Date, or other severance of employment, the Participants designated beneficiary shall be entitled
to a distribution of benefits hereunder upon written notification to the Administrator and
verification of the Participants death by the Administrator. All amounts credited to a
Participants account shall become fully vested upon the Participants death prior to his or her
Normal Retirement Date or other severance of employment. Distribution of benefits on account of
Participants death shall be made to the surviving beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the
Participant or determined as provided herein, in accordance with the provisions of Article X.
9.3-1 Designation of Beneficiary. At the time of hire an Employee may designate the
beneficiary of any benefits which may become payable to a beneficiary of a deceased Participant in
this Plan. Such designation shall be a signed writing. Any such beneficiary designation may be
revoked or changed by a subsequent signed writing. If the Participant is married and the
designated beneficiary is not the Participants spouse, the spouse must consent to the designation
by a signed writing witnessed by a representative of the Plan or notarized by a notary public. No
beneficiary designation or revocation or change thereof shall be effective until such writing is
furnished to the Administrator or its agent. The revocation of a beneficiary designation shall not
require the consent of any beneficiary. Any designation filed on a later date shall be deemed to
entirely revoke any designation filed on an earlier date unless otherwise expressly stated in the
later designation.
9.3-2 Effect of Divorce. If a Participant and his or her named beneficiary are or
become married and thereafter their marriage is dissolved by entry of a decree of dissolution or
other court order having the effect of dissolving the marriage, then such pre-divorce beneficiary
designation shall be deemed automatically revoked as to such beneficiary spouse as of the date of
such dissolution unless the death benefit rights of such former spouse are subsequently reaffirmed
by a qualified domestic relations order or the Participants subsequent written designation.
However, distribution of a deceased Participants account in accordance with his or her latest
beneficiary designation filed with the Administrator shall completely discharge the Employer, the
Administrator and the Trustee and they shall have no duty to inquire into, or act on any
information concerning, whether a Participants marriage has been dissolved and his or her
beneficiary designation thereby revoked as to his or her spouse.
9.3-3 Alternate Payee. For purposes of this 9.3, an alternate payee named in a
qualified domestic relations order shall be treated as a Participant.
9.3-4 Deemed Beneficiary. If no beneficiary designation has been made, or if the
designated beneficiary has predeceased the Participant, then the Participant will be deemed to have
designated the following as his or her surviving beneficiaries and contingent beneficiaries with
priority in the order named below:
(a) first, to his widow or her widower, as the case may be;
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
39
(b) next, to his or her children, in equal shares;
(c) next, to his or her parents, in equal shares;
(d) next, to his or her brothers and sisters, in equal shares; or
(e) next, to his or her estate.
9.3-5 Surviving Beneficiary. For purposes of determining the appropriate named or
deemed beneficiary or contingent beneficiary, an individual is considered to survive the
Participant if that individual is alive seven days after the date of the Participants death.
9.4 Benefits on Severance from Employment. Upon the severance of a Participants
employment with the Employer prior to his or her death, Disability or Retirement, the Participant
shall be entitled to distribution of his or her vested account balance. Distribution of benefits
on account of a Participants severance from employment with the Employer as provided herein shall
be made to the Participant in accordance with the provisions of Article X. A change in employment
from Employee to Leased Employee status shall not be considered a severance from employment for
purposes of this 9.4.
9.5 Accelerated Benefit Option. A terminally ill Participant, as defined herein,
shall be entitled to an early distribution of a portion of his or her benefits upon written
notification to the Administrator and verification of the Participants terminal illness by the
Administrator. The Participant entitled to receive a distribution pursuant to this accelerated
benefit option may receive a distribution of any Rollover Account, in addition to any vested
Employer Profit Sharing Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions, including earnings
thereon, which have been held by the Plan for at least twenty-four (24) months. Distribution of
benefits on account of terminal illness shall be made in accordance with the provisions of 10.6 as
an in-service withdrawal, but without the requirement that the Participant have attained age
fifty-nine and one-half (591/2). A Participant shall be deemed to be terminally ill when, by reason
of a medically determinable physical condition, the Participants life expectancy is less than
twenty-four (24) months. The Participants terminally ill condition and probable life expectancy
must be certified by a physician acceptable to both the Participant and the Administrator.
9.6 In-Service Withdrawals. A Participant who continues working after attaining age
fifty-nine and one-half (591/2) may elect partial in-service withdrawals in accordance with Section
10.6.
9.7 Hardship Withdrawals. At the direction of the Administrator and in accordance
with uniform rules consistently applied, the Administrator may direct the Trustee to distribute a
Participants Rollover Account, Elective Deferral Contributions and Employer Profit Sharing
Contributions to the Participant in the case of hardship pursuant to 9.7-1 to -7 below. A
Participant receiving a hardship distribution after December 31, 2001, will be ineligible to make
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
40
Salary Deferral Contributions (including Catch-up Contributions) for the period of six (6)
consecutive months following the hardship withdrawal.
9.7-1 Maximum Amount. Withdrawals shall not exceed the lesser of:
(a) the value of the Participants Rollover Account, Elective Deferral Account and Employer
Profit Sharing Contributions Account on the date the withdrawal is processed; or
(b) the sum of (1) the Participants total Elective Deferral Contributions to the Plan,
excluding any investment earnings, and (2) the combined value of the Participants Employer Profit
Sharing Contributions Account and Rollover Account on the date the withdrawal is processed.
9.7-2 Hardship. The term hardship as used herein shall mean an immediate and heavy
financial need resulting from any one or more of (a) through (f), below:
(a) uninsured expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical or dental care that would be
deductible under Code section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5%
of the Participants adjusted gross income) incurred or to be incurred by the Participant or the
Participants spouse or dependents (where a Participants dependents include Participants
noncustodial children who are treated as dependents pursuant to Code section 213(d)(5), provided
however that expenses with respect to any such noncustodial children exclude nonprescription drugs
or medicine, other than insulin);
(b) costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
residence for the Participant;
(c) payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses for up to the
next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant or the Participants
spouse, children or dependents;
(d) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of Participant from his or her principal
residence or to prevent foreclosure on the mortgage of Participants principal residence;
(e) payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participants deceased parent, spouse,
children or dependents; or
(f) uninsured expenses for the repair of damage to the Participants principal residence that
would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code section 165 (determined without regard to
whether the loss exceeds 10% of the Participants adjusted gross income).
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
41
In addition, a hardship withdrawal may include an amount necessary to satisfy any tax obligation
which becomes payable on account of a distribution for any hardship described in (a) through (f),
above. For purposes of this 9.7-2, the term dependents shall have the meaning prescribed under
Code section 152, without regard to subsections (b)(1), (b)(2) and (d)(1)(B).
9.7-3 Representation that Distribution is Necessary to Satisfy Financial Need. A
distribution under 9.7 can only be made to the extent it is necessary to satisfy an immediate and
heavy financial need.
(a) A distribution is necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need only to the
extent that:
(1) the amount of the distribution is not in excess of the amount required to satisfy the
financial need; and
(2) the financial need cannot be satisfied from other resources reasonably available to the
Participant, as determined by the Administrator on the basis of all relevant facts and
circumstances.
(b) The Administrator shall require the Participant to provide written certification of the
facts and circumstances establishing that Participant has met one of the hardship categories and
may consider other relevant evidence. Such written certification shall require the Participant to
represent that the financial need cannot reasonably be relieved: (1) through reimbursement or
compensation by insurance or otherwise; (2) by liquidation of the Participants assets; (3) by
cessation of Elective Deferrals under the Plan; (4) by other currently available distributions and
nontaxable loans under the Plan and under any other plan maintained by the Employer or by any other
employer; or (5) by borrowing from commercial sources on reasonable commercial terms in an amount
sufficient to satisfy the need. A Participants need cannot reasonably be relieved by taking one
of the above actions (1) through (5) if the effect would be to increase the amount of the need.
(c) For purposes of (a)(2), the Administrator is entitled to rely on the Participants
representation made pursuant to (b), unless the Administrator has actual knowledge to the contrary.
9.7-4 Fee. The Administrator may charge a reasonable fee for processing hardship
withdrawals.
9.7-5 Valuation. In the event a hardship withdrawal is made by a Participant other
than at a regular Valuation Date, the allocation of investment gains and losses to the account
shall be made as if such withdrawal had occurred on the preceding Valuation Date, and no gains or
losses allocable to the withdrawn funds shall be credited therefor, except that a Participants
Nordstrom Stock Account, if any, shall be valued to the date of withdrawal.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
42
9.7-6 Withdrawal Precludes Match. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the
contrary, Elective Deferral Contributions made with respect to any given Plan Year are not treated
as eligible for Employer Matching Contributions to the extent such Elective Deferral Contributions
are withdrawn during such Plan Year; for purposes of this paragraph, hardship distributions
withdrawn during a Plan Year shall be deemed to be made from the most recent Elective Deferral
Contributions made by the Participant. There are no Employer Matching Contributions on Catch-up
Contributions under any circumstances.
9.7-7 Ordering Rule. Hardship withdrawals are not available unless and until the
Participant has first exhausted all other sources of funds to satisfy the hardship, including but
not limited to Participant loans available from this Plan. Hardship withdrawals of Elective
Deferral Contributions are not available unless and until the Participant has first exhausted
hardship withdrawals of any Rollover Account. In addition, hardship withdrawals of Employer Profit
Sharing Contributions are not available unless and until the Participant has first exhausted
hardship withdrawals of Elective Deferral Contributions.
9.7-8 Designated Roth Contributions Not Eligible. No portion of the designated Roth
contributions account shall be eligible for hardship withdrawal.
9.8 Restriction on Distributions of Elective Deferrals. Amounts attributable to
Elective Deferral Contributions and QNECs under this Plan may not be distributed prior to the
occurrence of one of the following events: severance of employment with all Employers, the
Participants death or Disability, the Participants attaining age fifty-nine and one-half (591/2),
or the Participants establishment of a hardship under 9.7.
ARTICLE X. METHOD OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
10.1 Distribution of Benefits.
10.1-1 Lump Sum Payment. Upon the occurrence of any of the events specified in
Article IX requiring or permitting a distribution of benefits to a Participant or his or her
beneficiary, the Administrator shall instruct the Trustee to distribute benefits, determined in
accordance with 10.2, below, in a single lump sum payment unless the Trustee receives a timely
election for a different form of benefit. If the present value of a Participants benefit
(excluding the balance in any rollover account) exceeds $1,000 ($5,000 prior to March 28, 2005) and
the benefit is Immediately Distributable (see 10.1-3), the Administrator must obtain the consent of
the Participant (and Participants spouse, if married) for the distribution. Consent of both the
Participant and his or her spouse shall be written and in the case of the spouse either notarized
or witnessed by a plan representative.
10.1-2 Consent to Distribution. The consent of the Participant and the Participants
spouse (if applicable) shall be obtained in writing within the one hundred eighty (180) day period
ending on the annuity starting date. The annuity starting date is the first day of the first
period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form. The Administrator shall notify
the
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
43
Participant and the Participants spouse of the right to defer any distribution until the
benefit is no longer Immediately Distributable and shall explain any optional form of benefit under
the Plan. Neither the consent of the Participant nor the Participants spouse shall be required to
the extent that a distribution is permitted to be made without consent (under 10.1-1) or required
to be made to satisfy §§ 401(a)(9) or 415 of the Code. In addition, upon termination of this Plan
if the Plan does not offer an annuity option, the Participants account balance may, without the
Participants consent, be distributed to the Participant or transferred to another defined
contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in § 4975(e)(7) of the
Code) within the same controlled group.
10.1-3 Immediately Distributable. An account balance is immediately distributable
upon occurrence of a distribution event under Article IX prior to the time the Participant attains
the later of age 62 or the Normal Retirement Date under Section 9.1.
10.1-4 Scope and Revocation of Consent. Any consent by a spouse obtained under this
provision (or establishment that the consent of a spouse may not be obtained by means of proof to
the satisfaction of the Administrator that there is no spouse or that the spouse cannot be located)
shall be effective only with respect to such spouse and no subsequent spouse. A consent that
permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by such spouse
must acknowledge that the spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific beneficiary, and a
specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish
either or both of such rights. A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without
the consent of the spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits. The number of
revocations shall not be limited.
10.1-5 Social Security Not Relevant. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this
Plan, any benefits payable under this Plan shall not be decreased by reason of any increase in the
benefit levels payable under Title II of the Social Security Act or any increase in the wage base
under Title II.
10.2 Valuation of Account. The benefit payable to a Participant or his or her
beneficiary in accordance with Article IX shall be determined as of the Valuation Date immediately
preceding the date of distribution. Contributions allocated to a Participant under Articles V and
VI, but which have not yet been deposited to the Participants account as of the date of
distribution, shall not be payable to such Participant until such contributions have actually been
deposited.
10.3 Time of Distribution.
10.3-1 General Rule. Subject to the consent requirements of 10.1, the benefit payable
to a Participant or beneficiary shall be made as soon as administratively practicable following the
occurrence of a distribution event described in Article IX and, if applicable, such Participants
request and consent to such distribution.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
44
10.3-2 Statutory Deadlines. Unless the Participant otherwise elects in writing,
payments hereunder must begin not later than sixty (60) days after (a) or (b):
(a) The end of the Plan Year in which the Participant (1) attains age sixty (60), (2) reaches
the tenth anniversary of the date he or she commenced participation in the Plan, or (3) severs
employment, whichever of (1), (2) or (3) is latest; or
(b) If the Trustee or Administrator requires information which is not available before that
latest date under (a), the payments shall begin no later than sixty (60) days after that
information is supplied.
10.3-3 Election to Defer Payment.
(a) Written Election. A Participant may elect in writing that a payment to him or her
of any benefit under this Plan will commence at a date later than the date specified under 10.3-1
and 10.3-2 above. Any such election shall be signed by the Participant and shall state the date
payments are to commence. In any event, a Participant making such election shall be required to
commence the receipt of his or her retirement benefit no later than the Participants required
beginning date under Article XI.
(b) Deemed Election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and a
spouse to consent to a distribution while a benefit is Immediately Distributable, within the
meaning of 10.1-3 of the Plan, shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment
of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this section.
10.4 Form of Payment.
10.4-1 Cash Payment. Except as provided in section 10.4-2, all distributions from the
Plan shall be made in the form of cash.
10.4-2 In-Kind Distributions. In the following circumstances, the Plan shall make an
in-kind distribution of benefits.
(a) Company Stock. If the Participants Plan account holds fifty (50) or more shares
of Company stock and the Participant or beneficiary requests an in-kind distribution of the shares,
the Administrator shall instruct the Trustee to distribute the shares in lieu of their cash
equivalent, in a manner that is consistent with the rules set forth in 1.02-2(f) of the Nordstrom
Retirement Plan Participant Investment Appendix.
(b) Non-Marketable Security. If the Participants Plan account holds a security that
is not publicly traded on an established securities market (i.e., a non-publicly traded security)
at the time that the Participant or beneficiary requests a distribution, the Administrator shall
instruct the Trustee to make an in-kind distribution of such non-publicly traded security, in lieu
of cash.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
45
(c) Insurance. If a Participant has elected to have a portion of his or her Plan
account invested in insurance in accordance with Article VII and whether or not any such policy is
in force at the time of the distribution to the Participant, the aggregate of the premiums paid for
the policy or policies on his or her life shall be deducted from the amount of his or her vested
interest and any policy or policies then in effect on his or her life shall be distributed to him
or her as a part of his or her vested interest.
10.5 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders. Subject to the procedures established by
the Administrator under 14.3, benefits may be paid from the nonforfeitable balance of a
Participants accounts in accordance with a qualified domestic relations order (QDRO) as defined
in § 414(p) of the Code without regard to whether the Participant has attained the earliest
retirement age, as defined in § 414(p) of the Code.
10.6 Partial Withdrawals. A Participant who is entitled to a distribution under
Article IX may elect partial withdrawals of his or her vested account balance in lieu of a lump sum
distribution of his or her entire vested account balance. No withdrawal of less than $5,000 (or
the balance of the account, if less) may be made. Partial withdrawals are subject to the consent
requirements of 10.1 and may be subject to a reasonable administrative fee. For purposes of
withdrawals under this section, a Participants account shall be valued as of the Valuation Date
immediately preceding the date of withdrawal. Amounts in a Participants designated Roth
contributions account are not eligible for partial withdrawals.
10.7 Rollovers.
10.7-1 Direct Rollover Election. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
contrary that would otherwise limit a distributees election under this section, a distributee may
elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of
an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the
distributee in a direct rollover.
10.7-2 Definitions. For purposes of this section, certain terms shall be defined as
follows:
(a) Eligible Rollover Distribution.
(1) General Rule. An eligible rollover distribution is any distribution of all or any
portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee, except that an eligible rollover
distribution does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the
distributee and the distributees designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten (10)
years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under § 401(a)(9) of
the Code; any withdrawal on account of hardship; or, except as provided in (2), the portion of any
distribution that is not includible in the distributees gross income (disregarding these rollover
rules).
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
46
(2) Special Rule for After-tax Amounts. A portion of a distribution shall not fail to
be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee
contributions that are not includible in gross income upon distribution. However, any such portion
shall be distributed only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code § 408(a)
or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code § 401(a) or § 403(a) that
agrees to separately account for transferred amounts, including separately accounting for the
portion that is includible in gross income and the portion that is not includible in gross income.
(b) Eligible Retirement Plan. An eligible retirement plan is one of the following
that accepts the Participants eligible rollover distribution:
(1) an individual retirement account described in Code § 408(a);
(2) an individual retirement annuity described in Code § 408(b);
(3) an annuity plan described in Code § 403(a);
(4) an annuity contract described in Code § 403(b);
(5) a qualified trust described in Code § 401(a);
(6) an eligible deferred compensation plan described in § 457(b) of the Code that is
maintained by a state, a political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a
state or political subdivision of a state and that agrees to separately account for amounts
transferred into such plan from this Plan; or
(7) for eligible rollover distributions after December 31, 2007, a Roth individual retirement
account described in Code § 408A.
This definition of an eligible retirement plan also applies in the case of a distribution to a
Participants surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a
qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 10.5. For a non-spouse designated
beneficiary, an eligible retirement plan means only an individual retirement account under Code
§ 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity under Code § 408(b) and only if the transfer is a
direct rollover.
(c) Distributee: A distributee includes an employee or former employee. In addition,
the employees or former employees surviving spouse and the employees or former employees spouse
or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined
in § 414(p) of the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or former
spouse. Effective for eligible rollover distributions on and after March 1, 2007, a distributee
includes the Participants non-spouse designated beneficiary.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
47
(d) Direct Rollover: A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible
retirement plan specified by the distributee.
10.7-3 Rollover of Designated Roth Contributions. A direct rollover of a distribution
from a Participants account attributable to designated Roth contributions under the Plan can be
made only to a designated Roth contributions account under an applicable retirement plan described
in Code Section 402A(e)(1) or to a Roth IRA described in Code Section 408A, and only to the extent
the rollover is permitted under the rules of Code Section 402(c).
10.8 Administration of Unclaimed Benefits.
10.8-1 Forfeiture of Unclaimed Benefits. If at, after, or during the time when a
benefit is payable to any Participant or beneficiary, the Administrator, upon request of the
Trustee or at its own instance, mails to the Participant or beneficiary at his or her last known
address, a written demand for his or her then address, or for satisfactory evidence of his or her
continued life, or both, and, if the Participant or beneficiary fails to furnish the information to
the Administrator within thirty (30) days from the mailing of the demand, then the benefit shall be
forfeited and held in the forfeiture suspense account under section 6.5, subject to restoration
under section 10.8-2, below.
10.8-2 Restoration of Unclaimed Benefits. If a Participant or beneficiary whose
benefit has been forfeited under section 10.8-1 above thereafter is located and requests payment of
such benefits, and if the Plan has not terminated (or if the Plan has been terminated, all benefits
have not yet been distributed), then the benefit of such Participant or beneficiary shall be
restored, without any adjustment for investment earnings through the restoration date. The
Administrator shall restore the benefit using the forfeiture suspense account pursuant to section
6.5-3. However, if any such unclaimed benefit has not been restored by the time the Plan
terminates and all benefits are distributed, the forfeiture of such unclaimed benefit will be
irrevocable.
ARTICLE XI. MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS
11.1 General Rules
11.1-1 Effective Date. The provisions of this article will apply for purposes of
determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning on and after January 1,
2003.
11.1-2 Precedence. The requirements of this article will take precedence over any
inconsistent provisions of the Plan.
11.1-3 Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required
under this article will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under
Code § 401(a)(9).
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
48
11.1-4 TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of
this article, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in
accordance with section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the
provisions of the plan that relate to section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA.
11.2 Time and Manner of Distribution.
11.2-1 Required Beginning Date. The Participants entire interest will be distributed,
or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participants required beginning
date, as defined in section 11.5-5.
11.2-2 Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before
distributions begin, the Participants entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be
distributed, no later than as follows:
(a) Surviving Spouse Beneficiary. If the Participants surviving spouse is the
Participants sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse must begin by
December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant
dies, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 701/2,
if later.
(b) Non-Spouse Beneficiary. If the Participants surviving spouse is not the
Participants sole designated beneficiary, then distributions to the designated beneficiary must
begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the
Participant dies.
(c) Absence of Beneficiary. If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30
of the year following the year of the Participants death, the Participants entire interest will
be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
Participants death.
(d) Death of Surviving Spouse. If the Participants surviving spouse is the
Participants sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but
before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this section 11.2-2, other than section
11.2-2(a), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
For purposes of this section 11.2 and section 11.4, unless section 11.2-2(d) applies,
distributions are considered to begin on the Participants required beginning date. If section
11.2-2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to
begin to the surviving spouse under section 11.2-2(a). If distributions under an annuity purchased
from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participants required
beginning date (or to the Participants surviving spouse before the date distributions are required
to begin to the surviving spouse under section 11.2-2(a)), the date distributions are considered to
begin is the date distributions actually commence.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
49
11.2-3 Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participants interest is distributed in the
form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required
beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance
with sections 11.3 and 11.4 of this article. If the Participants interest is distributed in the
form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in
accordance with the requirements of Code § 401(a)(9) and the Treasury regulations.
11.3 Required Minimum Distributions During Participants Lifetime.
11.3-1 Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year.
During the Participants lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
distribution calendar year is the lesser of:
(a) General Rule. The quotient obtained by dividing the Participants account balance
by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the
Treasury regulations, using the Participants age as of the Participants birthday in the
distribution calendar year; or
(b) Surviving Spouse. If the Participants sole designated beneficiary for the
distribution calendar year is the Participants spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the
Participants account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in
section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participants and spouses attained
ages as of the Participants and spouses birthdays in the distribution calendar year.
11.3-2 Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participants
Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this section 11.3 beginning with
the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that
includes the Participants date of death.
11.4 Required Minimum Distributions After Participants Death.
11.4-1 Death On or After Date Distributions Begin.
(a) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or
after the date required minimum distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the
minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the
Participants death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participants account balance by the
longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the
Participants designated beneficiary, determined as follows:
(1) The Participants remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant
in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
50
(2) If the Participants surviving spouse is the Participants sole designated beneficiary,
the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar
year after the year of the Participants death using the surviving spouses age as of the spouses
birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouses
death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the
surviving spouse as of the spouses birthday in the calendar year of the spouses death, reduced by
one for each subsequent calendar year.
(3) If the Participants surviving spouse is not the Participants sole designated
beneficiary, the designated beneficiarys remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of
the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participants death, reduced by one for each
subsequent year.
(b) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date required
minimum distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year
after the year of the Participants death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
distribution calendar year after the year of the Participants death is the quotient obtained by
dividing the Participants account balance by the Participants remaining life expectancy
calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each
subsequent year.
11.4-2 Death Before Date Distributions Begin.
(a) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before
the date required minimum distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum
amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the
Participants death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participants account balance by the
remaining life expectancy of the Participants designated beneficiary, determined as provided in
section 11.4-1.
(b) No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date required
minimum distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year
following the year of the Participants death, distribution of the Participants entire interest
will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
Participants death.
(c) Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to
Begin. If the Participant dies before the date required minimum distributions begin, the
Participants surviving spouse is the Participants sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving
spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under section
11.2-2(a), this section 11.4-2 will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
51
11.5 Definitions.
11.5-1 Designated beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the beneficiary
under section 9.3 of the Plan is the designated beneficiary under Code § 401(a)(9) and section
1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4 of the Treasury regulations. For purposes of this Article XI, if the
Participant has not designated a beneficiary or if a Participant-designated beneficiary does not
survive the Participant, then the designated beneficiary shall be determined under the priority
rules set forth in section 9.3-4(a) through (d). If there is more than one individual within the
highest priority class under 9.3-4(a) through (d), the individual with the shortest life expectancy
will be the designated beneficiary for purposes of Article XI.
11.5-2 Distribution calendar year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is
required. For distributions beginning before the Participants death, the first distribution
calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the
Participants required beginning date. For distributions beginning after the Participants death,
the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to
begin under section 11.2. The required minimum distribution for the Participants first
distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participants required beginning date. The
required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum
distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participants required beginning date
occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year.
11.5-3 Life expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in
section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations.
11.5-4 Participants account balance. The account balance as of the last Valuation
Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar
year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to
the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date and
decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date. The
account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to
the plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed
or transferred in the valuation calendar year.
11.5-5 Required beginning date.
(a) Permissive Rule. Participants who remain Employees, and who are not five percent
(5%) owners (described in 11.5-5(c)), may elect to continue to treat their required beginning date
as the first day of April of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant
attains age seventy and one-half (701/2).
(b) Mandatory Rule.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
52
(1) Non Five Percent (5%) Owner. The required beginning date of a Participant who is
not a five percent (5%) owner is the first day of April of the calendar year following the later of
the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half (701/2), or the calendar
year in which the Participant retires.
(2) Five Percent (5%) Owner. The required beginning date of a Participant who is a
five percent (5%) owner during any year beginning after December 31, 1979, is the first day of
April following the later of:
(A) the calendar year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half (701/2); or
(B) the earlier of the calendar year in which the Participant becomes a five percent (5%)
owner, or the calendar year in which the Participant retires.
(c) Five Percent (5%) Owner.
(1) Defined. A Participant is treated as a five percent (5%) owner for purposes of
this section if such Participant is a five percent (5%) owner as defined in § 416(i) of the Code
(determined in accordance with § 416 but without regard to whether the plan is top heavy) at any
time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which such owner attains age
sixty-six and one-half (661/2) or any subsequent plan year.
(2) Continued Distribution. Once distributions have begun to a five percent (5%)
owner under this section, they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to
be a five percent (5%) owner in a subsequent year.
ARTICLE XII. TOP HEAVY PLANS
12.1 Effective Date. This article shall apply for purposes of determining whether the
Plan is a top-heavy plan under Code § 416(g) and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum benefits
requirements under Code § 416(c) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001.
12.2 Effect of Top Heavy Plan Status. In the event that the Plan is determined to be
a top heavy plan as defined in 12.3, the Plan shall comply with the provisions of Section 12.4,
in addition to meeting the requirements set forth elsewhere in this Plan.
12.3 Determination of Top Heavy Status. The determination of top heavy status will be
made with regard to the following defined terms:
12.3-1 Determination Date. The last day of the preceding Plan Year, or, in the case
of the first Plan Year, the last day of that Plan Year.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
53
12.3-2 Key Employee. An Employee (including a deceased Employee or a beneficiary of
such Employee) who at any time during the Plan Year which includes the Determination Date is any of
the following (a), (b), or (c):
(a) Officer. An officer of the Employer (as that term is defined within the meaning
of the regulations under Code § 416) whose annual compensation is greater than $130,000 (as
adjusted for cost of living for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002). No more than fifty
(50) Employees shall be treated as officers.
(b) Five Percent (5%) Owner. A five percent (5%) owner of the Employer. Five
percent (5%) owner means any person who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of
Code § 318) more than five percent (5%) of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock
possessing more than five percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the
Employer.
(c) One Percent (1%) Owner. A one percent (1%) owner of the Employer having annual
compensation from the Employer of more than $150,000. One percent (1%) owner means any person
who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code § 318) more than one percent (1%)
of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than one percent (1%) of the
total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer. In determining whether an individual has
annual compensation of more than $150,000, annual compensation from each employer required to be
aggregated under Code §§ 414(b), (c) and (m) shall be taken into account.
(d) Determining Ownership.
(1) Employer. In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would
otherwise be aggregated under Code §§ 414(b), (c) and (m) shall be treated as separate employers.
(2) Attribution of Ownership. In the case of a corporation, for purposes of applying
the ownership attribution rules of Code § 318 in determining Key Employee status, subparagraph (C)
of Code § 318(a)(2) shall be applied by substituting five percent (5%) for fifty percent (50%).
If an entity is not a corporation, ownership attribution rules shall be applied in accordance with
regulations promulgated by the Secretary of the Treasury based upon the principles of § 318(a), as
herein revised.
(e) Annual Compensation. For purposes of this Article XII, the term annual
compensation means compensation as defined in § 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts
contributed by Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which are excludable from
Employees gross income under §§ 125, 402(a)(8), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code. Effective for
Plan Years commencing on and after January 1, 1998, the above reference to compensation as defined
in § 415(c)(3) shall also include amounts excludible from the Employees gross income under §
132(f).
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
54
12.3-3 Non-Key Employee. Any Employee who does not meet the definition of a Key
Employee pursuant to 12.3-2 above, is a Non-Key Employee.
12.3-4 Top Heavy Plan. This Plan will be a top heavy plan if, with respect to the
applicable Plan Year (commencing after December 31, 1983), as of the determination date for that
year the Plan has a top heavy percentage that exceeds sixty percent (60%).
(a) Percentage. Top heavy percentage shall be that percentage which equals a
fraction,
(1) The numerator of which is the sum of the present value of accrued benefits of all Key
Employees as of the determination date, contributions for all Key Employees which are due but
unpaid as of the determination date, and distributions made to Key Employees during the one year
period ending on the determination date, and
(2) The denominator of which is the sum of the present value of accrued benefits for all
Employees as of the determination date, total contributions for all Participants due but unpaid as
of the determination date, and total distributions made to Participants during the one year period
ending on the determination date.
(3) However, in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from
employment, death or disability, the above provisions shall be applied by substituting five year
period for one year period.
(b) Related Rules. For purposes of calculating the top heavy percentage under
12.3-4(a):
(1) Accrued Benefit. The present value of a Participants accrued benefit shall
include: (A) in the case of a defined contribution plan, that Participants account balance
(including Catch-up Contributions Accounts); (B) in the case of a defined benefit plan, the present
value of the accrued benefits of such individual determined as of the most recent valuation date
which is within the twelve (12) month period ending on the determination date; (C) the accrued
benefit attributable to nondeductible employee contributions; and (D) the accrued benefit of a
participant other than a Key employee shall be determined under (i) the method, if any, that
uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the employer,
or (ii) if there is not such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest
accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of § 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.
(2) Distribution. In considering distributions within the one year period (or five
year period, as appropriate) ending on the determination date: (A) all distributions from this
Plan and distributions from terminated plans which would have been required to be aggregated had
they not been terminated, must be considered; and (B) no benefit attributable to deductible
contributions, or to amounts rolled over or transferred to this Plan from the Plan of
another employer after December 31, 1983, shall be considered in determining a Participants
accrued benefit.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
55
(3) Exclusions. The following exclusions shall apply: (A) contributions, accrued
benefits, and distributions on behalf of a Non-Key Employee who was formerly a Key Employee shall
be disregarded in determining the top heavy percentage; and (B) for Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 2001, if a Participant or former Participant has not performed services for any
Employer maintaining the Plan at any time during the one year period ending on the determination
date, the accrued benefit for such Participant shall not be taken into account in determining top
heavy plan status.
(c) Aggregation With Other Plans. If the Employer or an entity affiliated with the
Employer pursuant to Code §§ 414(b), (c) or (m) maintains other qualified plans (including
simplified employee pension plans), a plan is a top heavy plan only to the extent that the combined
top heavy percentage for the plan and all aggregated plans exceeds sixty percent (60%). For the
purpose of making this determination:
(1) Mandatory Aggregation. All qualified plans of the Employer or an entity
affiliated with the Employer pursuant to Code §§ 414(b), (c) or (m) which include one or more Key
Employees as Participants, and all qualified plans which must be considered in order for a plan
including Key Employee Participants to meet the requirements of Code §§ 401(a)(4) or 410, must be
aggregated.
(2) Permitted Aggregation. Additional qualified plans of the Employer or an entity
affiliated with the Employer pursuant to Code §§ 414(b), (c) or (m), if such plans, when aggregated
with this Plan, satisfy the requirements of Code §§ 401(a)(4) and 410, may be aggregated.
(3) Determination Date. Where multiple plans with differing determination dates are
to be aggregated for the determination of top heavy status, the top heavy percentage shall be
calculated by reference to determination dates for all plans falling within the same calendar year.
12.4 Minimum Employer Contributions to Top Heavy Plans.
12.4-1 Minimum Contribution.
(a) General Rule. Except as provided in 12.4-1(c) below, for each Plan Year that this
Plan is determined to be a top heavy plan, a Participant who is a Non-Key Employee shall have
allocated to his or her account (in either this Plan or another defined contribution plan
maintained by an Employer) a contribution equal to the product of that Participants Compensation,
as defined in 2.6, and the minimum top heavy contribution rate. The minimum top heavy allocation,
if any, required shall not be forfeited under §§ 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).
(b) Minimum Top Heavy Contribution Rate. Subject to 12.4-1(c) below, the minimum top
heavy contribution rate for a Participant who is a Non-Key Employee shall equal the lesser of three
percent (3%) of such Non-Key Employees compensation or the highest
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
56
contribution rate (excluding Catch-up Contributions for the Plan Year containing the determination
date) made to the account of a Key Employee, provided that the contribution rate shall not be less
than three percent (3%) if this Plan is required to be aggregated with a defined benefit plan in
order for that plan to meet the requirements of Code §§ 401(a) and 410(b). The term contribution
rate shall mean the percentage derived by dividing a numerator, which is the sum of Employer
contributions (including amounts deferred at the Employees election to a Plan described in §
401(k) of the Code but excluding contributions to Social Security) and forfeitures allocated to a
Participants account, by a denominator equal to the Participants Compensation. For the purposes
of this 12.4, the term Participant who is a Non-Key Employee shall include all Non-Key Employees
who have become Participants but who have failed to complete one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service
during the Plan Year and those Non-Key Employees who would be eligible to participate in the Plan
except that their compensation does not exceed a specified minimum level or they have failed to
make a mandatory employee contribution or an elective contribution to a plan described in § 401(k)
of the Code. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, Employer Matching
Contributions to this Plan shall count toward the minimum top heavy contribution rate (and any
reduction to the contribution rate that results will not be taken into account in determining
whether the Plan impermissibly conditions benefits on the making of elective deferrals under Code §
401(k)(4)(A)).
(c) Exceptions for Defined Benefit Plan. Notwithstanding 12.4-1(a) and (b):
(1) If a defined benefit pension plan providing benefits for one or more Key Employees is
maintained by the Employer, and if such defined benefit pension plan depends upon this Plan to
satisfy the nondiscrimination rules of Code § 401(a)(4) or the coverage rules of Code § 410 (or if
another plan benefiting the Key Employee so depends on such defined benefit plan) the guaranteed
minimum top heavy contribution for a Non-Key Employee shall be three percent (3%) of his or her
compensation regardless of the contribution rate for the Key Employees.
(2) If in addition to this Plan the Employer maintains a qualified defined benefit pension
plan which Provides a minimum benefit to Non-Key Employee Participants pursuant to Code §
416(c)(1), no minimum top heavy employer contribution need be made for such Participants under this
Plan.
12.4-2 Minimum Top Heavy Contributions and/or Benefits in Multiple Plans. In the
event that a Non-Key Employee participates in both this Plan and a defined benefit plan, it shall
not be necessary to provide such Non-Key Employee with both a minimum top heavy contribution under
this Plan (and other defined contribution plans) and a minimum benefit under the defined benefit
plan. The minimum top heavy contribution and minimum benefit requirements with respect to all such
Plans shall be deemed satisfied if such Non-Key Employee is provided with the minimum benefit under
the defined benefit plan.
12.4-3 Make-Up Contribution. If the contribution rate for the Plan Year with respect
to a Non-Key Employee is less than the minimum top heavy contribution required, the
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
57
Employer will increase its contribution for such Employee to the extent necessary to cause the
Employees contribution rate for the Plan Year to equal the required minimum top heavy
contribution. The Employer will cause this make-up contribution to be made from Employers net
profits.
12.4-4 Vesting Schedule. For each Plan Year in which this Plan is determined to be
top heavy, Employer contributions to the Plan on behalf of Non-Key Employees shall vest under the
following schedule if it is more favorable to the Non-Key Employees than the schedule set forth in
Article VIII:
|
|
|
Years of Service |
|
Vested Percentage |
1 or less
|
|
0 |
2
|
|
20 |
3
|
|
40 |
4
|
|
60 |
5
|
|
80 |
6 or more
|
|
100 |
ARTICLE XIII. PARTIES RESPONSIBLE FOR IMPLEMENTING THE PLAN
13.1 Plan Sponsor. The Company is the Plan sponsor for purposes of ERISA and
designates in 13.1-1 to 13.1-6 below how Plan powers and duties shall be performed.
13.1-1 Company Powers and Duties. The Company shall have the powers and duties set
forth in the following (a)-(e):
(a) Plan and Trust Documents. To make all Plan and Trust documents needed or desired
to establish and operate the Plan and the separate Trust Fund, subject to the direction of the
Board, or the Executive Vice President Human Resources and Diversity Affairs, as applicable.
(b) Plan Administration. To perform all duties as Plan Administrator under 13.1-4,
Article III and elsewhere provided in the Plan and Trust documents.
(c) Service Providers. To make and monitor the performance of all agreements with any
third party administrative service provider for the Plan and Trust acting as accountant, actuary,
asset custodian, attorney, auditor, contract administrator, recordkeeper or in any other
administrative capacity.
(d) Plan Changes. To recommend to the Board or Executive Vice President Human
Resources and Diversity Affairs any changes in Plan or Trust terms which the Company deems
appropriate.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
58
(e) Other. To take any action deemed necessary or desirable to cause the Plan and
Trust to be operated according to the Plan and Trust documents and applicable law.
13.1-2 Board Powers and Duties. Subject to the liability limitation in (f) below, the
Board of Directors of the Company (Board) has the exclusive powers set forth in the following
(a)-(e):
(a) Plan and Trust Terms. To establish, amend or terminate the Plan and the related
Trust Agreement, subject only to 13.1-3 and Article XV.
(b) Funding Policy. To determine that an appropriate funding policy, consistent with
the objectives of the Plan, the Trust Agreement and the requirements of ERISA, is adopted and
implemented.
(c) Contributions. To determine the amount and manner of payment of all Company
contributions to the Trust.
(d) Indemnification. To determine the scope of any indemnification by the Company to
any person or entity acting as a fiduciary or otherwise under the Plan or Trust, provide
appropriate insurance and bonding coverage of any Employee of the Company acting in such capacity,
and determine whether the Company shall furnish such insurance or bonding coverage to any other
person or entity, all to the extent permitted by law.
(e) Committees. To establish any Committee(s) of the Board deemed appropriate for
Plan or Trust purposes.
(f) Liability Limitation. The Board has no administrative or investment authority or
functions, and no member of the Board shall be a Plan fiduciary because of such Board membership.
13.1-3 Executive Vice President Human Resources and Diversity Affairs Powers and
Duties. Until such time as the Board shall modify, revoke or rescind such authority, all
Employer or Plan sponsor functions and responsibilities vested in the Company shall be exercised
pursuant to authorization by the Executive Vice President Human Resources and Diversity Affairs of
the Company. Without specific Board approval, the Executive Vice President Human Resources and
Diversity Affairs has the powers and duties set forth in the following (a)-(d):
(a) Technical Amendments. To amend the Plan and Trust Agreement to make technical,
administrative, editorial and legal compliance changes recommended by Corporate Employee Benefits
to comply with applicable law or to simplify or clarify the Plan.
(b) Substantive Amendments. To take all actions necessary to implement (after
approval by the Chairman or the Board) any amendments relating to Plan and Trust benefit or
governance provisions.
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
59
(c) Plan Administration. To delegate or terminate the power and authority of any
person(s) or entity(ies) responsible for performance and administration of the Plan.
(d) Committees. To establish, maintain or terminate the existence, membership and
powers of any Committee for any Plan purpose, except any Committee established by the Board.
13.1-4 Administrator Powers and Duties. The Plan shall be administered by the
Company, herein called the Administrator. The Company shall be the administrator for purposes
of ERISA § 3(16) and the named fiduciary for purposes of Plan administration. The Administrator
shall have all powers necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan, including those set forth
in Article III, but excluding those relating to the custody, management and control of Trust assets
and those allocated or delegated to others.
13.1-5 Retirement Committee. Subject to the liability limitation under (g), the
Retirement Committee established by the Board shall have the powers and duties set forth in the
following (a)-(f):
(a) Asset Fiduciaries. To make sure that Plan assets are held, safeguarded, invested
and distributed by persons or entities that agree to act as the designated fiduciary within the
meaning of § 3(21) and other fiduciary provisions of ERISA for purposes of the applicable
custodial, trusteeship, investment management or other Plan asset functions.
(b) Investment Policy. To establish the investment policy and guidelines for
investment of Plan assets.
(c) Monitor Plan Asset Fiduciaries. To establish the policies and procedures for
periodic reporting by and review of performance by asset fiduciaries, and to implement any changes
which such Committee, in its discretion, deems appropriate regarding such policies, procedures or
fiduciaries.
(d) Monitor Plan Administration. To establish the policies and procedures for
periodic reporting by and review of performance by the Administrator and service providers involved
in Plan administration, and to implement any changes which such Committee, in its discretion, deems
appropriate regarding Plan administration.
(e) Contributions. To make sure that the Board is informed of the actuarial and legal
funding needs of the Plan when the Board determines the Companys contributions to the Plan.
(f) Claims Review. To review and decide, as a committee or by its authorized
subcommittee, all appeals of denied claims under Article XVI.
(g) Liability Limitation. The Retirement Committee has no administrative or asset
responsibility or control beyond the limited oversight functions set forth
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
60
above, and, subject only to applicable law, no member of such committee shall be liable for errors,
omissions or breaches by any fiduciary or service provider having the actual power and authority to
act.
13.1-6 Investment Committee. Until such time as the Retirement Committee shall
modify, revoke or rescind such authority, an Investment Committee shall be established with the
following authority to act for the Retirement Committee with respect to the performance of the
Plans investment vehicles and managers:
(a) Performance Review. To review, monitor and evaluate, at reasonable intervals, the
performance of the Trustee(s), the investment managers, investment vehicles and any other appointed
or delegated fiduciaries or other service providers to ensure that their performance has been in
compliance with the terms of the Plan and Trust documents, the investment policy and applicable
law, and satisfies the needs of the Plan, and to report all findings and recommendations to the
Retirement Committee.
(b) Investment Service Providers. Subject to approval by or procedures of the
Retirement Committee, to make or terminate the power and authority of any person(s) or entity(ies)
responsible to hold, control, manage or invest assets of the Trust, including (but not limited to)
any Trustee, custodian, investment manager, investment performance monitor or other provider of
services involving Trust assets.
13.2 Plan Fiduciaries. The following 13.2-1 to 13.2-6 apply to any individual or
entity who is a fiduciary under ERISA § 3 (21) with respect to Plan or Trust administration or
assets:
13.2-1 Authorization. Authority to act as a fiduciary shall be conferred as provided
under 13.1 and accepted in writing by the designated fiduciary. Such authorization shall continue
until the earliest of (a), (b) or (c), as follows:
(a) if the fiduciary is unable to act, or
(b) the fiduciary is terminated pursuant to authority under this Plan, or
(c) upon the effective date of resignation by the fiduciary, which can be no earlier than the
30th day after written notice of resignation.
13.2-2 Qualifications of Fiduciary. Any individual, even if an officer, director,
Employee or shareholder of the Company, and any corporation, partnership or other entity may serve
as a fiduciary hereunder. All fiduciary responsibility may be vested in any single individual,
group of individuals, corporation, partnership or other entity, or in any combination thereof, with
liability being joint and several; or fiduciary responsibility may be divided among two (2) or more
of the foregoing, with such duties and responsibilities as are provided in the authorizing
designation
and liability being limited solely to breach of the duties so imposed or conduct violating ERISA
§ 405(a).
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
61
13.2-3 Other Fiduciaries. The Company shall be the named fiduciary for any other
rights or duties imposed by ERISA upon a named fiduciary which are not otherwise placed.
13.2-4 Performance of Company Duties and Responsibilities. The Company shall carry
out its duties and responsibilities under the Plan through its directors, officers and Employees,
acting on behalf of and in the name of Company in such respective capacities and not as individual
fiduciaries.
13.2-5 Scope of Responsibility. No fiduciary or other person or entity responsible
for any functions involving administration of the Plan or management of Trust assets shall be
obligated to perform any duty or responsibility which has been allocated or delegated to another
fiduciary pursuant to the Plan, the Trust Agreement or the procedures established therein.
13.2-6 Multiple Fiduciary Capacities. Nothing herein shall prohibit any person or
entity, or group of persons or entities, from serving in more than one (1) fiduciary capacity with
respect to the Plan.
13.3 Plan Committees. Unless otherwise provided in the specific authorization of the
Committee, any Committee established under the Plan, having either overall or specifically limited
responsibility of a ministerial or discretionary nature, as determined from time to time, shall be
established and operated as provided below in 13.3-1 to 13.3-6:
13.3-1 Procedure for Establishing Committee. The party having authority to establish
the Committee shall designate by written instrument the members of the Committee and the nature of
the responsibilities the Committee is to carry out under the Plan; provided, however, that if the
responsibilities of the Committee are fiduciary in nature, any such members shall consent in
writing to serve in such capacity.
13.3-2 Committee Composition. The Committee shall be composed of three (3) or more
members. Membership in the Committee is limited to individuals who are officers, directors, former
directors or Employees of the Company.
13.3-3 Committee Governance. The Committee shall appoint from its members a chair and
a secretary. The Committee may take any authorized action by a majority vote, and any writing
signed by a majority of such members shall have the same effect and may be relied upon to the same
extent as if signed by all members.
13.3-4 Procedures. To the extent consistent with the provisions of this Plan, the
Committee shall have the power to adopt such rules of procedure and regulation as may be necessary
for the proper execution of its duties.
13.3-5 Vacancies. Any member of a Committee may resign on thirty (30) days advance
written notice. Any member of a Committee may be removed from the Committee by the
Board with or without cause. Removal of a Committee member does not require notice to be
effective. Any Committee member who is an Employee but is not also an officer, director, or
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING
2008 RESTATEMENT
62
former director of the
Company shall automatically cease to be a Committee member effective upon
the date such individual ceases to be an Employee of the Company. All Committee vacancies shall be
filled as soon as reasonably practicable. Until a new appointment is made, the remaining members
of the Committee shall have authority to act although less than a quorum.
13.3-6 Committee Compensation. No member of any Committee shall receive any
compensation for services as such, except that the Company may pay a reasonable fee to any member
who is not a Participant under the Plan, not to exceed the amount paid to a Director to attend a
Board meeting, for such persons attendance at any meeting of the Committee. Each member of the
Committee shall be reimbursed by the Company for reasonable travel and other expenses actually
incurred in attending meetings of the Committee and for any other proper purpose in connection with
duties as such member. No bond or other security shall be required of any member of the Committee
in such capacity, except to the extent required by law.
13.4 Limitation of Individual Liability. Subject to ERISA §§ 404 and 405, any
individual acting in the administration of the Plan or as a Committee member shall be protected
from personal liability as provided below in 13.4-1 to 13.4-3:
13.4-1 Plan Benefits and Expenses. Such individual shall not be liable personally,
either individually or jointly, for any debts, obligations, undertakings or benefit payments
contracted or authorized in such capacity, but such debts, obligations, undertakings and benefit
payments shall be paid solely and exclusively out of assets held in the Trust Fund.
13.4-2 Investment. Such individual shall not be obligated to invest or otherwise
manage or control any portion of the assets held in the Trust Fund, such obligation having been
delegated to third party fiduciaries pursuant to 13.1.
13.4-3 Other Responsible Party. Such individual shall not be responsible for any duty
or function allocated or delegated to another person or entity pursuant to procedures hereunder,
except to the extent that such individual is responsible for the selection and supervision of such
other person or entity.
ARTICLE XIV. SPENDTHRIFT PROVISIONS
14.1 Prohibition Against Assignment. The provisions of this Plan are intended as
personal protection for the Participants. A Participant may not assign, anticipate or transfer any
assets held for his or her benefit, including amounts credited to his or her account. The benefits
under this Plan are not subject to seizure by legal process or in any way subject to the claims of
the Participants creditors, including, without limitation, any liability for contracts, debts,
torts, alimony or support of any relative. The Plans benefits or the Trust assets may not be
considered an asset of a Participant in the event of his or her divorce, insolvency or bankruptcy.
However, this Section 14.1 shall not apply to preclude the offset of a Participants benefits if
the Participant engages in misconduct with respect to the Plan as described in Code
§ 401(a)(13)(C).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
63
14.2 Effect of Assignment. Any attempt by a Participant to assign, anticipate, or
transfer any assets held for his or her benefit under the terms of this Plan shall be null and
void.
14.3 QDRO Exception. Notwithstanding 14.1 and 14.2, nothing in this Article XIV shall
prohibit the distribution of plan assets to a Participants spouse or former spouse pursuant to a
qualified domestic relations order (QDRO) as that term is defined in Code § 414(p), including
any domestic relations order entered into before January 1, 1985, which Administrator determines to
treat as a QDRO. The Administrator shall establish reasonable nondiscriminatory rules for
determining the qualification and procedures for handling domestic relations orders, which rules
shall be in writing, shall provide for prompt notification of prospective alternate payee under the
order of the procedures for designating a representative to receive copies of any notifications.
ARTICLE XV. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
15.1 Future of the Plan. The Company expects to continue the Plan indefinitely.
Future conditions, however, cannot be foreseen, and the Company reserves the right to amend or
terminate the Plan at any time.
15.2 Company Right to Amend the Plan. The Company reserves the right, from time to
time, to modify, alter or amend this Plan, as well as the Trust herein provided for, by action of
the person or entity having power to amend under 13.1, subject to the following 15.2-1 to 15.2-2:
15.2-1 Retroactive Effect. Any amendment may have retroactive effect to comply with
legal requirements, Plan design, original intent or actual administrative practice, subject only to
restrictions under 15.2-2.
15.2-2 Restrictions. No amendment shall be made in violation of the following
(a)-(d):
(a) Exclusive Benefit. No amendment shall make it possible, at any time prior to the
satisfaction of all liabilities with respect to Employees and their beneficiaries under the Trust,
for any part of the corpus or income of the Trust to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other
than for the exclusive benefit of the participating Employees of the Company or their
beneficiaries.
(b) No Cut Back of Accrued Benefit. No amendment (including a change in the actuarial
basis for determining optional or early retirement benefits) shall decrease a Participants benefit
to the date of the amendment, except to the extent permitted under Code § 412(c)(8). A Plan
amendment which results in (i) or (ii) with respect to benefits attributable to service before the
amendment shall be treated as reducing accrued benefits: (i) eliminating or reducing an early
retirement benefit or a retirement-type subsidy, or (ii) eliminating an optional form of benefit.
In the case of a retirement-type subsidy, the preceding sentence shall apply only with respect to a
Participant who satisfies (either before or after the amendment) the pre-amendment conditions for
the subsidy. In general, a retirement-type subsidy is a subsidy that continues after
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
64
retirement,
but does not include a qualified disability benefit, a medical benefit, a Social Security
supplement, a death benefit (including life insurance), or a plant shutdown benefit (that does not
continue after retirement age).
(c) No Cut Back of Vested Benefit. No amendment shall decrease a Participants vested
interest determined without regard to such amendment as of the later of the date such amendment is
adopted, or becomes effective.
(d) Director. No amendment shall permit any director who has not been an Employee to
derive any benefits under the Plan.
15.3 Company Right To Terminate the Plan.
15.3-1 Termination Event. The Company may terminate this Plan at any time, and the
Plan shall in any case be considered to have terminated if the Company shall completely discontinue
contributions under the Plan or if the Company shall go out of existence, unless prior to such
event the Plan shall be adopted and continued by a successor.
(a) Suspension of Contributions. The Company reserves the right to suspend
contributions to this Plan at any time. A suspension is a temporary cessation of contributions and
does not constitute or require a termination of the Plan. Such temporary discontinuance shall not
constitute a formal termination of the Plan and shall not preclude later contributions.
(b) Sale of Business. This Plan shall also terminate upon the dissolution, merger, or
sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, unless the successor to the
business of the Company agrees to continue this Plan and Trust Fund by executing an appropriate
supplemental agreement. If such an agreement is made the successor shall succeed to all the
rights, duties and powers of Nordstrom, Inc. under this Plan and the employment of any Employee who
is retained in the employ of such successor shall not be deemed to have been terminated or severed
for any purpose hereunder.
(c) Merger or Consolidation. In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or
transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other plan, each Participant of this Plan shall receive a
benefit which is equal to the benefit he/she would have been entitled to receive immediately before
the merger or consolidation as if the Plan had then terminated. Moreover, prior to any transfer
pursuant to this 15.3-1(c), the administrator of the transferee plan shall provide adequate
assurances and representations to the Administrator that those portions of Participant accounts
that are subject to the limitations of 9.8 as of the date of transfer shall subsequently remain
subject to such limitations under the transferee plan. However, this provision shall not be
construed to be a termination or discontinuance of the Plan or to be a guaranty of a specified
level of benefit from the Plan.
(d) Effect of Dissolution, Bankruptcy, General Assignment. The Plan shall be deemed
terminated if the Company is dissolved or adjudicated bankrupt, or makes a general
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
65
assignment its
assets (but not Trust assets) for the benefit of creditors, unless a party having proper authority
elects to continue the Plan.
15.3-2 Termination Benefits and Expenses. In the event of such Plan termination, the
rights of each retired Participant and Participant to the benefits accrued or credited to the date
of such termination, to the extent then funded, shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested on
such termination and shall thenceforth be nonforfeitable, and the assets in the Trust shall be
used, so far as they will extend, and subject to the conditions and limitations herein contained:
(a) Expenses. To pay all expenses and liabilities (absolute or contingent) of the
Trust Fund;
(b) Benefits. To pay, provide or distribute, pursuant to Article X, all remaining
Trust Fund assets to the Participants in the proportions determined by their respective accounts.
(c) Source of Payments. To provide for benefit distribution by payment from the Trust
Fund or nontransferable annuities purchased from an insurance company, with the right to commute
any benefit amount on an actuarial basis, all as determined by the Retirement Committee in the
exercise of its discretion.
(d) Reversion to Company. To pay to the Company any residual assets not allocated
under Article XV, to the extent permitted by law.
15.4 Partial Termination. In the event of a partial termination of this Plan, 15.3
shall be considered as applying, at such time, only to those
Participants with respect to whom the Plan has been terminated. All other Participants shall be
unaffected by such termination to the fullest extent allowable by then current law and regulations.
15.5 Procedure for Plan Amendment or Termination. The amendment and termination
powers reserved in 13.1 and Article XV shall be executed as follows:
15.5-1 Board Resolution or Chairman Action. Except as provided in 15.5-2, the Company
may amend or terminate the Plan by execution of the amendment by the Company Chairman, or pursuant
to authorization in a resolution adopted by the Board of Directors (or its Executive Committee) and
delivered to the Administrator, Retirement Committee and Trustee.
15.5-2 Executive Vice President Human Resources and Diversity Affairs Action. The
Executive Vice President Human Resources and Diversity Affairs of the Company may amend the Plan to
make such changes as are authorized under 13.1-3 by designating such changes in writing to the
Administrator, Retirement Committee and Trustee.
15.5-3 Proof of Amendment. Any officer of the Company, other than the individual who
has the power to create or execute the amendment or termination document, may certify that such
document has been adopted by proper authority.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
66
ARTICLE XVI. CLAIMS AND REVIEW PROCEDURE
16.1 Claims for Benefits and Inquiries. Any Participant or beneficiary may file with
the Administrator a written claim for benefits or inquiry concerning the Plan, or concerning
present or future rights to benefits under the Plan. Applications for benefits must be made on the
forms prescribed by the Administrator, signed by the Participant or beneficiary, as applicable, and
submitted to the Administrators benefit claims office.
16.2 Denial of Claims. In the event any claim for benefits is denied, in whole or in
part, the Administrator shall notify the applicant of such denial in writing and shall advise the
applicant of the right to a review thereof.
16.2-1 Content of Notice. Such notice shall be written in a manner calculated to be
understood by the applicant and set forth the following:
(a) The specific reason for denial.
(b) Specific reference to the Plan provisions upon which the denial is based.
(c) A description of any additional information which is necessary to perfect the claim and
why this information is necessary.
(d) An explanation of the review procedure described in 16.3 below.
16.2-2 Timing of Notice. Such written notice shall be given to the applicant within
ninety (90) days after the Administrator receives the application, unless special circumstances
require an extension of time of up to an additional ninety (90) days for processing the
application. If such an extension is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished
to the applicant prior to the termination of the initial ninety (90) day period. This notice of
extension shall indicate the special circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by
which the Administrator expects to render its decision on the application for benefits. If written
notice of denial of the application for benefits is not furnished within the time specified in this
paragraph 16.2-2, the application shall be deemed denied.
16.3 Review of Denied Claims. Any applicant whose claim for benefits is denied (or
deemed denied) in whole or in part, or such applicants authorized representative, may appeal from
such denial by submitting to the Retirement Committee a written request for a review of the
application within sixty (60) days after receipt of denial of the notice (or, in the case of a
deemed denial, sixty (60) days after the application is deemed denied). The Retirement Committee
shall give the applicant or such representative an opportunity to review pertinent documents (other
than legally privileged documents) in preparing the request for review. The request for review
shall be in writing and shall be addressed as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
67
Retirement Committee for the
Nordstrom 401(k) Plan & Profit Sharing
c/o Employee Benefits Retirement
1700 Seventh Avenue, Suite 1000
Seattle, WA 98101
The request for a review shall set forth all grounds on which it is based, all facts and documents
in support of the request and any other matters which the applicant deems pertinent. The
Retirement Committee may require the applicant to submit such additional facts, documents or other
material as it may deem necessary or appropriate in making its decision on review.
16.4 Decision on Review. After receiving the application for review, the Retirement
Committee, or an authorized review subcommittee thereof (Review Committee) shall review and
decide the final disposition of the claim. Such decision of the Review Committee shall be binding
on all parties.
16.4-1 Timing of Review. The decision should be reached within sixty (60) days after
receipt of the application for review, although special circumstances may delay the review decision
up to one hundred twenty (120) days. If such an extension is required, written notice of the
extension shall be furnished to the applicant prior to the end of the initial sixty (60) day
period.
16.4-2 Notice of Decision. If the Review Committee confirms the denial of the
application for benefits in whole or in part, such notice shall set forth, in a manner calculated
to be
understood by the applicant, the specific reasons for such denial and specific references to the
Plan provisions on which the decision is based. If the Review Committee determines that the
application for benefits should not have been denied in whole or in part, the Review Committee
shall direct the Administrator to take appropriate remedial action as soon as reasonably
practicable. If written notice of the Review Committees decision is not given to the applicant
within the time period prescribed in 16.4-1, the application will be deemed denied on review.
16.5 Rules and Procedures on Review. The Review Committee shall establish such rules
and procedures, consistent with the Plan and with ERISA, as it may deem necessary or appropriate in
carrying out its responsibilities in reviewing a denied claim. The Review Committee may require an
applicant who wishes to submit additional information in connection with an appeal to do so at the
applicants own expense, and may convene a hearing if it determines that sufficient cause is shown.
To the extent that a claim requires a determination of whether a Participant suffers from a
Disability as defined in section 2.7, the Plan shall adhere to the procedures for administering
disability claims under the Nordstrom, Inc. Welfare Benefit Plan, which procedures are incorporated
by this reference.
16.6 Exhaustion of Remedies. No legal action for benefits under the Plan shall be
brought unless and until the applicant has (i) submitted a written claim for benefits in accordance
with 16.1; (ii) been notified by the Administrator that the application is denied (or the
application is deemed denied) as provided in 16.2; (iii) filed a written request for a review of
the application in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
68
accordance with 16.3; and (iv) been notified in writing that the Review
Committee has affirmed the denial of the application (or the application is deemed denied) on
review as provided in 16.4.
ARTICLE XVII. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
17.1 No Right of Continued Employment. The establishment of this Plan, the creation
of any fund or account, or the payment of any benefits shall not create in any Employee,
Participant or other party a right to continuing employment or create any claim against the Plan or
Trust Fund for any payment except as set forth in this Plan.
17.2 Discretion. Whenever, under the provisions of this Plan, discretion is granted
to the Employer or Administrator which affects the benefits, rights and privileges of Participants,
such discretion shall be exercised uniformly so that all Participants similarly situated shall be
similarly treated.
17.3 Separability. If any provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or
unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall be effective.
17.4 Participant and Others Bound by Plan. Each Participant, by executing the
beneficiary designation, agrees for himself or
herself and his or her heirs, beneficiaries, successors, and assigns to be bound by all of the
provisions of this Plan.
17.5 Applicable Law. This Plan is to be construed according to the laws of the State
of Washington, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
17.6 Text Controls. The paragraph numbers and headings herein are solely for
convenience. In the event of conflict between them and the text, provisions of the text control.
17.7 Effective Date. This amendment and restatement of the Nordstrom 401(k) Plan &
Profit Sharing is effective January 1, 2008, as provided in 1.2.
17.8 Expenses. All reasonable expenses incurred in operating and administering the
Plan, including expenses of the Company, the Committee, and the Trust, may be paid from the Trust
Fund or, at the election of the Company, may be paid by the Company, provided, however, that the
Trust may reimburse the Company for such expenses only to the extent such amounts constitute
direct expenses in accordance with U.S. Department of Labor Regulation § 2550.408c-2(b)(3).
This provision shall be deemed to be a part of any contract to provide for expenses of Plan
administration, whether or not the signatory to such contract is, as a matter of convenience, the
Company.
17.9 Plan Document is Controlling. All rights and benefits of Participants and
beneficiaries are controlled and determined by the provisions of this Plan document. To this end:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
69
17.9-1 Authorized Summaries. The only authorized summaries of the Plan are the
publications listed in (a)-(c) below as approved from time to time by the Administrative Office.
No other writing is authorized. No such authorized summary overrides or modifies the Plan
document.
(a) The summary plan description;
(b) Any Decision Guide for exercise of Participant investment choices;
(c) Any descriptive information programmed on a voice response unit or other telephonic,
computer or electronic communication network.
17.9-2 Authorized Representatives. The only individuals authorized to explain or
interpret the Plan are the Committee members and the Plan administrative personnel who are charged
with such responsibility. No other individual or entity has authority to explain or interpret the
Plan. No authorized individual has authority to override or modify what is provided in the Plan
document.
17.9-3 Resolution of Conflicts. In the event of any conflict between this Plan and
(1) any authorized summary of the Plan, or (2) other written, oral or electronic statement, or
(3) any assumption, inference or reliance by any Participant or beneficiary, this Plan document
shall be dispositive.
17.10 Rules of Construction. In construing this Agreement, the masculine and neuter
genders include the feminine and each other and the singular includes the plural.
ARTICLE XVIII. LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
18.1 Loans to Participants.
18.1-1 Participants Right to Borrow. Participants and Beneficiaries who are parties
in interest under section 3(14) of ERISA shall have the right to borrow from their Elective
Deferral Contribution accounts, Employer Matching Contributions accounts, and Employer Profit
Sharing Contributions accounts on a reasonably equivalent basis and subject to prior approval by
the Administrator. Designated Roth contributions are not eligible for loans. Application for a
loan must be submitted to the Administrator on such form(s) and in such manner as the Administrator
may require. Approval shall be granted or denied as specified in 18.1-2 on the terms specified in
18.1-3. For purposes of this 18.1, but only to the extent required by Department of Labor
Regulation § 2520.408b-1, the term Participant shall include any Employee, former Employee,
beneficiary or alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in § 414(p)
of the Code, who has an interest in the Plan that is not contingent. A beneficiary shall not be
eligible for a loan unless all events needed to make such beneficiarys rights unconditional have
occurred.
18.1-2 Limits on Borrowed Amount. The Administrator shall grant any loan which meets
each of the requirements of paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
70
(a) Maximum Loan. The amount of the loan, when added to the outstanding balance of
all other loans to the Participant from the Plan or any other qualified plan of the Company or any
related Company shall not exceed the lesser of:
(1) $50,000, reduced by the excess, if any, of a Participants highest outstanding balance of
all loans from the Plan or any other qualified plan maintained by the Company or any related
Company during the preceding twelve (12) months over the outstanding balance of such loans on the
loan date, or
(2) Fifty percent (50%) of the value of the vested balance of the Participants accounts as of
the Valuation Date preceding the date upon which the loan is made.
(b) Minimum Loan. The loan shall be for at least $1,000; and
(c) Outstanding Loan Limitations. No more than two (2) loans may be outstanding to a
Participant at any time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no more than one (1) loan used to purchase
the principal residence of a Participant may be outstanding to a Participant at any time.
18.1-3 Repayment and Collateral. Each loan granted shall, by its terms, satisfy each
of the following additional requirements:
(a) Term. Each loan, by its terms, must be repaid within sixty (60) months (except
that if the Administrator is satisfied that the loan proceeds are being used to purchase the
principal residence of a Participant, the Administrator may, in its discretion, establish a term of
up to two hundred and forty (240) months for repayment).
(b) Interest. Each loan shall bear a reasonable rate of interest, which rate shall be
established by the Administrator from time to time and shall provide the Plan with a return
commensurate with the interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans
which would be made under similar circumstances and shall in no event be less than one percent (1%)
over the then current prime rate at Employers principal bank.
(c) Repayment Amount. Each loan must require substantially level amortization over
the term of the loan, with payments not less frequently than semi-monthly (twice each calendar
month).
(d) Collateral. Each loan must be adequately secured, with the security to consist of
the balance of the Participants accounts.
(e) Means of Payment. Automatic payroll deductions shall be required as additional
security and the loan shall become immediately due and payable if the Participant ceases the
payroll deduction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to avoid default, an active Participant who has
insufficient payroll from which to deduct the loan payment must make timely loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
71
payments by means
of remitting a personal check equal to the amount of the loan payment not deducted by payroll
deduction. Other than for Participants on qualified military service (the loan payment suspension
rules for which are provided under 5.7), a Participant who is on an approved leave of absence may
suspend loan repayments during the leave of absence, but the suspension period shall not be longer
than 12 months. Upon return from the leave of absence, the Participant may make a single sum
make-up payment equal to the amount of the suspended payments during the leave, or may increase the
periodic loan payment so that the loan term is not extended beyond the term established when the
loan was originated. A Participant who severs employment with an outstanding loan balance may
elect to continue monthly loan repayments. However, the loan will be deemed in default if a loan
repayment is not received for a period of 80 days (90 days for payments due on or after January 1,
2005) after severance of employment.
(f) Value Only in Borrowers Account. To the extent a Participants loan is secured by
the Participants account, the investment gain or loss attributable to the loan shall not be
included in the calculation or allocation of the increase or decrease in fair market value of the
general assets of the Plan pursuant to 6.2. Instead, the entire gain or loss (including any gain
or loss attributable to interest payments or default) shall be allocated to the accounts of the
Participant.
18.1-4 Payments Credited to Account. All loan payments shall be transmitted by the
Company to the Trustee as soon as practicable but not later than the end of the month during which
such amounts were received or withheld. Each loan may be prepaid in full at any time. Any
prepayment shall be paid directly to the Trustee in accordance with procedures adopted by the
Administrator.
18.1-5 Promissory Note. Each loan shall be evidenced by a promissory note executed by
the Participant and payable in full to the Trustee, not later than the earliest of (a) a fixed
maturity date meeting the requirements of 18.1-3(a) above, (b) the Participants death, or (c) the
termination of the Plan. Such promissory note shall evidence such terms as are required by this
section.
18.1-6 Administrator Powers. The Administrator shall have the power to modify the
above rules or establish any additional rules with respect to loans extended pursuant to this
section. Such additional rules shall include establishment of a reasonable loan fee to reimburse
the Plan for the administrative costs of making such loans and establishment of rules for default.
The rules may be included in a separate document or documents and shall be considered a part of
this Plan; provided, each rule and each loan shall be made only in accordance with the regulations
and rulings of the Internal Revenue Service and Department of Labor and other applicable state or
federal law. The Administrator shall act in its sole discretion to ascertain whether the
requirements of such regulations and rulings and this section have been met. The Administrator may
delegate any of its powers under this Article in accordance with the provisions of Article III.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
72
IN WITNESS WHEREOF pursuant to Section 13.1-3, this 2008 Restatement has been executed on
behalf of the Company by its Executive Vice President Human Resources and Diversity Affairs
pursuant to authorization of the Companys Board of Directors this 27th day of August,
2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
NORDSTROM, INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Delena Sunday
|
|
|
|
Executive Vice President |
|
|
|
Human Resources and Diversity Affairs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NORDSTROM 401(k) PLAN & PROFIT SHARING |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
73
exv10w2
Exhibit 10.2
NORDSTROM, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
2008 RESTATEMENT
Incorporating All Amendments Approved by the Company
From the 2006 Restatement through August 31, 2008, including:
Amendment 2008-1
LANE POWELL PC
601 SW Second Avenue, Suite 2100
Portland, Oregon 97204-3158
Telephone (503) 778-2100
Facsimile (503) 778-2200
NORDSTROM, INC.
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
(2008 Restatement)
SECTION 1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN
The purpose of the Plan is to provide Eligible Employees with an opportunity to increase their
proprietary interest in the success of the Company by purchasing Stock from the Company on
favorable terms and to pay for such purchases through payroll deductions. The Plan is intended to
qualify under Section 423 of the Code. The Plan was originally adopted by the Companys Board of
Directors in November of 1999, and was approved by the Companys shareholders in May of 2000. The
Plan was subsequently amended in several respects and was completely restated in 2005 and 2006.
This 2008 Restatement incorporates Amendment 2008-1, which clarifies the Plans eligibility
provisions and is effective for Offering Periods commencing on and after October 1, 2008.
SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.
(a) Committee Composition. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.
(b) Committee Responsibilities. The Committee shall interpret the Plan and make all other
policy decisions relating to the operation of the Plan. The Committee may adopt such rules,
guidelines and forms as it deems appropriate to implement the Plan. The Committees determinations
under the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons.
SECTION 3. ENROLLMENT AND PARTICIPATION.
(a) Offering Periods. While the Plan is in effect, two Offering Periods shall commence in
each calendar year. Offering Periods shall consist of the six-month periods commencing on each
April 1 and October 1.
(b) Enrollment. Any individual who, on the day preceding the first day of an Offering Period,
qualifies as an Eligible Employee may elect to become a Participant in the Plan for such Offering
Period by completing the enrollment process prescribed for this purpose by the Committee.
(c) Duration of Participation. Once enrolled in the Plan, a Participant shall continue to
participate in the Plan until (1) he or she ceases to be an Eligible Employee, (2) withdraws from
the Plan under Section 5(a), or (3) reaches the end of the Offering Period in which his or her
employee contributions were discontinued under Section 8(b). A Participant who withdrew from the
Plan under Section 5(a) may again become a Participant, if he or she
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
2
then is an Eligible Employee, by following the procedure described in Subsection (b) above. A
Participant whose employee contributions were discontinued automatically under Section 8(b) shall
automatically resume participation at the beginning of the earliest Offering Period ending in the
next calendar year, if he or she then is an Eligible Employee.
SECTION 4. EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) Frequency of Payroll Deductions. A Participant may purchase shares of Stock under the
Plan solely by means of payroll deductions. Payroll deductions, as designated by the Participant
pursuant to Subsection (b) below, shall occur during the Offering Period on the payment date of any
bonus, and on the payment date of all other compensation while a Participant in the Plan.
(b) Amount of Payroll Deductions. An Eligible Employee shall designate in the enrollment
process the portion of his or her Compensation that he or she elects to have withheld for the
purchase of Stock. Such portion shall be a whole percentage of the Eligible Employees
Compensation, but not less than one percent (1%) nor more than ten percent (10%).
(c) Changing Withholding Rate. If a Participant wishes to change the rate of payroll
withholding, he or she may do so by notifying the Company using the process prescribed for this
purpose by the Committee. The new withholding rate shall be effective as soon as reasonably
practicable after such notification by the Company.
(d) Discontinuing Payroll Deductions. If a Participant wishes to discontinue employee
contributions entirely, he or she may do so at any time by using the process prescribed for this
purpose by the Committee. Payroll withholding shall cease as soon as reasonably practicable after
such notification. (In addition, employee contributions may be discontinued automatically pursuant
to Section 8(b).) A Participant who has discontinued employee contributions may resume such
contributions by using the process prescribed for this purpose by the Committee. Payroll
withholding shall resume as soon as reasonably practicable after such notification.
SECTION 5. WITHDRAWAL FROM THE PLAN.
(a) Withdrawal. A Participant may elect to withdraw from the Plan by using the process and
timing prescribed for this purpose by the Committee. As soon as reasonably practicable after the
effective date of a Participants withdrawal, payroll deductions shall cease and the entire amount
credited to the Participants Plan Account shall be refunded to him or her in cash, without
interest. No partial withdrawals shall be permitted.
(b) Re-enrollment After Withdrawal. A former Participant who has withdrawn from the Plan
shall not be a Participant until he or she re-enrolls in the Plan under Section 3(b).
Re-enrollment may be effective only at the commencement of an Offering Period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
3
SECTION 6. CHANGE IN EMPLOYMENT STATUS.
(a) Termination of Employment. Termination of employment as an Eligible Employee for any
reason, including death, shall be treated as an automatic withdrawal from the Plan under
Section 5(a). (A transfer from one Participating Company to another shall not be treated as a
termination of employment.)
(b) Leave of Absence. For purposes of the Plan, employment shall not be deemed to terminate
when the Participant goes on an approved leave of absence. Employment shall be deemed to terminate
in any event when the approved leave ends, unless the Participant immediately returns to work.
(c) Death. In the event of the Participants death, the amount credited to his or her Plan
Account shall be paid to a beneficiary designated by him or her for this purpose in the enrollment
process or, if none, or if the designee has predeceased the Participant, then the Participant will
be deemed to have designated the following as his or her surviving beneficiaries and contingent
beneficiaries with priority in the order named below:
(i) first, to his widow or her widower, as the case may be;
(ii) next, to his or her children, in equal shares;
(iii) next, to his or her parents, in equal shares;
(iv) next, to his or her brothers and sisters, in equal shares; or
(v) next, to his or her estate.
For purposes of determining the appropriate named or deemed beneficiary or contingent beneficiary,
an individual is considered to survive the Participant if that individual is alive seven days after
the date of the Participants death.
SECTION 7. PLAN ACCOUNTS AND PURCHASE OF SHARES.
(a) Plan Accounts. A Plan Account shall be maintained in the name of each Participant.
Whenever an amount is deducted from the Participants Compensation under the Plan, such amount
shall be credited to the Participants Plan Account. Amounts credited to Plan Accounts shall not
be trust funds and may be commingled with the Companys general assets and applied to general
corporate purposes. No interest shall be credited to Plan Accounts.
(b) Purchase Price. The Purchase Price for each share of Stock purchased at the close of an
Offering Period shall be ninety percent (90%) of the Fair Market Value of such share on the last
trading day in such Offering Period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
4
(c) Number of Shares Purchased. As of the last day of each Offering Period, each Participant
shall be deemed to have elected to purchase the number of shares of Stock calculated in accordance
with this Subsection (c), unless the Participant has previously elected to withdraw from the Plan
in accordance with Section 5(a). The amount then in the Participants Plan Account shall be
divided by the Purchase Price, and the number of shares that results shall be purchased from the
Company with the funds in the Participants Plan Account. The foregoing notwithstanding, no
Participant shall purchase more than one thousand (1,000) shares of Stock with respect to any
Offering Period nor more than the amounts of Stock set forth in Sections 8(b) and 13(a). Any
fractional share, as calculated under this Subsection (c), shall be rounded down to the next lower
whole share.
(d) Available Shares Insufficient. In the event that the aggregate number of shares that all
Participants elect to purchase during an Offering Period exceeds the maximum number of shares
remaining available for issuance under Section 13(a), then the number of shares to which each
Participant is entitled shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares available for
issuance by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares that such Participant has
elected to purchase and the denominator of which is the number of shares that all Participants have
elected to purchase.
(e) Issuance of Stock. Certificates representing shares of Stock purchased by a Participant under
the Plan shall be held for each Participants benefit by a broker designated by the Committee for
the Plan. Shares may be registered in the name of the Participant or jointly in the name of the
Participant and his or her spouse as joint tenants with right of survivorship or as community
property. A Participant may elect the following with respect to such shares, in accordance with
and subject to the process prescribed for this purpose by the Committee:
i) that the Stock certificates be issued to him or her in exchange for the whole shares
held within the Participants Account, or
ii) that shares held within the Participants Account be transferred to an appropriate
broker designated by the Participant.
Each Participant shall be required to notify the Company in the event of the sale or disposition of
any of such shares. For purposes of the previous sentence, the term disposition shall have the
meaning prescribed under Section 424(c)(1) of the Code.
(f) Unused Cash Balances. Any amount remaining in the Participants Plan Account that
represents the Purchase Price for a fractional share shall be carried over in the Participants
Plan Account to the next Offering Period. Any amount remaining in the Participants Plan Account
that represents the Purchase Price for whole shares that could not be
purchased by reason of Subsection (c) above, Section 8(b) or Section 13(a) shall be refunded
to the Participant in cash, without interest.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
5
(g) Shareholder Approval. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no shares of Stock
shall be purchased under the Plan unless and until the Companys shareholders have approved the
adoption of the Plan.
SECTION 8. LIMITATIONS ON STOCK OWNERSHIP.
(a) Five Percent Limit. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall
be granted a right to purchase Stock under the Plan if such Participant, immediately after his or
her election to purchase such Stock, would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined
voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the
Company. For purposes of this Subsection (a), the following rules shall apply:
(i) Ownership of stock shall be determined after applying the attribution rules of
Section 424(d) of the Code;
(ii) Each Participant shall be deemed to own any stock that he or she has a right or
option to purchase under this or any other plan; and
(iii) Each Participant shall be deemed to have the right to purchase one thousand
(1,000) shares of Stock under this Plan with respect to each Offering Period.
(b) Dollar Limit. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall
purchase Stock with a Fair Market Value in excess of the following limit:
(i) In the case of Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the
current calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $25,000 minus (B) the Fair Market
Value of the Stock that the Participant previously purchased in the current calendar year
under this Plan.
(ii) In the case of Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the
immediately preceding calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $50,000 minus (B) the
Fair Market Value of the Stock that the Participant previously purchased under this Plan in
the current calendar year and in the immediately preceding calendar year.
For purposes of this Subsection (b), the Fair Market Value of Stock shall be determined in
each case as of the beginning of the Offering Period in which such Stock is purchased. If a
Participant is precluded by this Subsection (b) from purchasing additional Stock under the Plan,
then his or her employee contributions shall automatically be discontinued and shall resume at the
beginning of the earliest Offering Period ending in the next calendar year (if he or she then is an
Eligible Employee).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
6
SECTION 9. RIGHTS NOT TRANSFERABLE.
The rights of any Participant under the Plan, or any Participants interest in any Stock or
moneys to which he or she may be entitled under the Plan, shall not be transferable by voluntary or
involuntary assignment or by operation of law, or in any other manner other than by beneficiary
designation or the laws of descent and distribution. If a Participant in any manner attempts to
transfer, assign or otherwise encumber his or her rights or interest under the Plan, other than by
beneficiary designation or the laws of descent and distribution, then such act shall be treated as
an election by the Participant to withdraw from the Plan under Section 5(a).
SECTION 10. NO RIGHTS AS AN EMPLOYEE.
Nothing in the Plan or in any right granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant
any right to continue in the employ of a Participating Company for any period of specific duration
or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Participating Companies or of
the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her
employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.
SECTION 11. NO RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.
A Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares of Stock that
he or she may have a right to purchase under the Plan until such shares have been purchased on the
last day of the applicable Offering Period.
SECTION 12. SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.
Shares of Stock shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such
shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without
limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or
other securities market on which the Companys securities may then be traded.
SECTION 13. STOCK OFFERED UNDER THE PLAN.
(a) Authorized Shares. Effective for Offering Periods commencing on and after April 1, 2006, and
conditioned on the approval of Companys shareholders on or before March 31, 2007, the aggregate
number of shares of Stock available for purchase under the Plan are increased by 2.4 million
(2,400,000) shares, making the aggregate number of shares of Stock available for purchase under the
Plan equal to 9.4 million (9,400,000) shares, subject to adjustment pursuant to this Section 13.
Previously, the aggregate number of shares of Stock available for purchase under the Plan was seven
million (7,000,000) shares, as adjusted pursuant to this Section 13 for the two-for-one (2:1) Stock
split that occurred on June 30, 2005. In the event this increase is not
timely approved by the Companys shareholders, the aggregate number of shares of Stock available
for purchase under the Plan shall remain at 7,000,000 shares (on a post-split basis).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
7
(b) Antidilution Adjustments. The aggregate number of shares of Stock offered under the Plan,
the one thousand (1,000) share limitation described in Section 7(c) and the price of shares that
any Participant has elected to purchase shall be adjusted proportionately by the Committee for any
increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or
consolidation of shares or the payment of a stock dividend, any other increase or decrease in such
shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Company, the distribution of the
shares of a Subsidiary to the Companys shareholders or a similar event.
(c) Reorganizations. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, immediately prior to
the effective time of a Corporate Reorganization, the Offering Period then in progress shall
terminate and shares shall be purchased pursuant to Section 7, unless the Plan is assumed by the
surviving corporation or its parent corporation pursuant to the plan of merger or consolidation.
The Plan shall in no event be construed to restrict in any way the Companys right to undertake a
dissolution, liquidation, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.
SECTION 14. AMENDMENT OR DISCONTINUANCE.
The Board shall have the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and without
notice. Except as provided in Section 13, any increase in the aggregate number of shares of Stock
to be issued under the Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of the shareholders of the
Company. In addition, any other amendment of the Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of
the shareholders of the Company to the extent required by an applicable law or regulation. To the
extent an amendment does not otherwise require the shareholder or Board approval (as described
above), the Committee shall have the authority to make technical and administrative amendments to
the Plan for the sole purpose of carrying out its administrative responsibilities under the Plan.
SECTION 15. DEFINITIONS.
(a) Board means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.
(b) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(c) Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
(d) Company means Nordstrom, Inc., a Washington corporation.
(e) Compensation means (i) the total compensation paid in cash to a Participant by a
Participating Company, including salaries, wages, bonuses (if specifically designated as
Compensation by the Participant), incentive compensation, commissions, overtime pay and shift
premiums, plus (ii) any pre-tax contributions made by the Participant under Section 401(k) or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
8
125
of the Code. Compensation shall exclude all non-cash items, moving or relocation allowances,
cost-of-living equalization payments, car allowances, tuition reimbursements, imputed income
attributable to cars or life insurance, severance pay, fringe benefits, contributions or benefits
received under employee benefit plans, income attributable to the exercise of stock options, and
similar items. The Committee shall determine whether a particular item is included in
Compensation.
(f) Corporate Reorganization means:
(i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another
entity, or any other corporate reorganization; or
(ii) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the
Companys assets or the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
(g) Eligible Employee means any common-law employee who is employed by a Participating
Company on February 1 or August 1. The following are excluded from the definition of an Eligible
Employee:
(i) any individual whose participation in the Plan is prohibited by the law of any
country which has jurisdiction over him or her,
(ii) any employee who is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, if the
collective bargaining agreement excludes the employee (or the bargaining unit of which the
employee is a member) from participation in the Plan, and
(iii) to the extent permitted by Code Section 423, any individual designated by a
Participating Company as an independent contractor, even if the individual later is
determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be a common law employee of a
Participating Company.
(h) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(i) Fair Market Value means the market price of Stock, determined by the Committee as
follows:
(i) If Stock was traded on The Nasdaq National Market on the date in question, then the
Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last sale price quoted for such date by The Nasdaq
National Market;
(ii) If Stock was traded on a stock exchange on the date in question, then the Fair
Market Value shall be equal to the closing price reported by the applicable composite
transactions report for such date; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
9
(iii) If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the Fair Market Value
shall be determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.
Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be based on
the prices reported in the Wall Street Journal or as reported directly to the Company by Nasdaq or
a stock exchange. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
(j) Offering Period means a six-month period with respect to which the right to purchase
Stock may be granted under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 3(a).
(k) Participant means an Eligible Employee who elects to participate in the Plan, as
provided in Section 3(b).
(l) Participating Company means (i) the Company and (ii) each present or future Subsidiary,
except to the extent designated by the Committee as not being a Participating Company. Nordstrom
Federal Credit Union, NORDSTROM.com, LLC, Just Jeffrey, Inc., JSK Enterprises, Inc. and any
international Subsidiary (where employees receive no U.S. source income) shall not be a
Participating Company.
(m) Plan means this Nordstrom, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended from
time to time.
(n) Plan Account means the account established for each Participant pursuant to
Section 7(a).
(o) Purchase Price means the price at which Participants may purchase Stock under the Plan,
as determined pursuant to Section 7(b).
(p) Stock means the Common Stock of the Company, no par value per share.
(q) Subsidiary means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of
corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last
corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting
power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, pursuant to proper authority, this 2008 Restatement has been executed on
behalf of the Company, this 27th day of August, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attest: |
|
NORDSTROM, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Delena Sunday
Delena Sunday
Executive Vice-President
of Human
Resources
and Diversity Affairs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN |
|
|
2008 RESTATEMENT |
11
exv31w1
Exhibit 31.1
Certification required by Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Blake W. Nordstrom, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nordstrom, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants
fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial
reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit
committee of registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal
control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a
significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Blake W. Nordstrom |
|
|
Blake W. Nordstrom |
|
|
President of Nordstrom, Inc.
Date: December 9, 2008 |
|
|
exv31w2
Exhibit 31.2
Certification required by Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
I, Michael G. Koppel, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Nordstrom, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in
this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrants other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and
procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over
financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures and
presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrants internal control over financial
reporting that occurred during the registrants most recent fiscal quarter (the registrants
fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrants internal control over financial
reporting; and
5. The registrants other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrants auditors and the audit
committee of registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal
control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a
significant role in the registrants internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael G. Koppel |
|
|
Michael G. Koppel |
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Nordstrom, Inc.
Date: December 9, 2008 |
|
|
exv32w1
Exhibit 32.1
NORDSTROM, INC.
1617 SIXTH AVENUE
SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98101
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Nordstrom, Inc (the Company) on Form 10-Q for the
period ended November 1, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date
hereof (the Report), we, Blake W. Nordstrom, President (Principal Executive Officer), and Michael
G. Koppel, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), of
the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
|
|
|
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and |
|
|
|
|
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Company. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 9, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Blake W. Nordstrom
|
|
|
Blake W. Nordstrom |
|
|
President |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael G. Koppel |
|
|
Michael G. Koppel |
|
|
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Nordstrom,
Inc. and will be retained by Nordstrom, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission or its staff upon request.